User:Glrx/sandbox#Glow character

{{User sandbox}}

Unicode NFC and article titles

  • Should Horatio Nelſon be blue and link to Horatio Nelson?
  • {{urlencode:Nelson}} {{urlencode:Nelſon}} {{urlencode:Nel%ſon}}
  • Führer (composed) versus Führer (decomposed); apparently not a redirect; the links were normalized.
  • {{urlencode:Führer}} {{urlencode:Fu�?hrer}} {{urlencode:Führer}}

Flag Books

  • British Admiralty
  • Admiralty Book of Flags of all Nations 1889
  • Drawings of the flags in use at the present time by various nations 1916. at archive.org https://archive.org/details/drawingsofflagsi00grea/page/n151
  • Other editions such as 1930?
  • Flags, badges, and arms of the British dominions beyond the seas. 1910. https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/008685895
  • https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=nyp.33433081780474&view=1up&seq=35
  • Flags, badges & arms of His Majesty's dominions beyond the seas and of territories under His Majesty's protection. Great Britain Colonial Office. 1932. https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/007479926
  • Also http://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/webbin/book/lookupname?key=Great%20Britain%2E%20Admiralty
  • has link to https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/002135197
  • The 1803 list has Right Hon. Viscount Horatio Nelson, K.B. as a Vice Admiral of the Blue (73rd on the list).
  • https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=mdp.39015062989952&view=1up&seq=20
  • https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=mdp.39015062989937&view=1up&seq=26 Nelson #40 on the (1792?) Captain's list.
  • https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=mdp.39015062989937&view=1up&seq=186 Nelson #96 on the (1779) flag officers list, Rear Admiral of the Blue (Also has Howe as Admiral of the Fleet and Cornwallis).

Power supply voltages

Analog

  • ±15 (early transistor and opamp; 40V transistors)
  • ±12
  • ±5
  • +5

Logic

  • ±?? ±?? (1401)
  • +3.6 (integrated RTL; I think it was 3.6V; funded by satellite needs and power supply = 3 NiCd)
  • CosMOS (RC) 3-15V
  • +5 TTL; 0.8 to 2.8V; pullup not strong;
  • -5.2V MECL. Negative supply so NPN transistors and ground ref. Why 5.2 and not 5.0?
  • 3.3V CMOS discrete; any bipolar?; goal to lower power consumption; keep 2.8V? 5*.707 → 3.535V.
  • 2.0V
  • 1.8V
  • 1.5V
  • 1.2V
  • 1.0V

Significant transistors

  • CK722 Raytheon. Ge PNP. One of the first plastic?
  • 2N696 and 2N697 Si NPN mesa; no epi; before thick oxide known as a diffusion shield. BTL made silicon; somebody had Ge mesa. I think mesa etch was to reduce C_bc. Did etch have an advantage with exposed base–collector junction? Why not make smaller die? I think PIN and Snap diodes want uniform field, so they have junctions exposed by dicing.
  • 2N1304 and 2N1306 Ge NPN/PNP. Typical switch. Which transistor types used on 1401 (033 / 034)? IBM document had a list.
  • what was the typical Ge power transistor? 2N176?
  • 2N2222 Si NPN epi planar annular
  • 2N3055 Si NPN power. Original was hometaxial, but later copies went to epitaxial. Hometaxial is single diffusion: https://encyclopedia2.thefreedictionary.com/hometaxial-base+transistor OMG, http://powersupply.blogs.keysight.com/2012/09/early-power-transistor-evolution-part-2.html describes having the wafer be the base, simultaneous diffusion of collector on one side and emitter on the other, then an emitter-side mesa etch down to the base. With the base exposed, a base connection could be made. Why fancy emitter geometry?
  • 2N3904 and 2N3906 Si NPN/PNP.
  • 2N5109 and 2N5160

RCA Power Transistor Applications Manual (1983) has descriptions hometaxial, etc.

Cross-evaporation: {{cite patent |country-code=US |patent-number=3709695 |title=Fabrication of Semiconductor Devices |inventor-last=Bowman |inventor-first=R. |assign1=Motorola |issue-date=1973-01-09 |ref=none}}

Costas loop

The Costas loop article needs work.

See Talk:Costas loop.

The angle addition formulas:[http://mathworld.wolfram.com/TrigonometricAdditionFormulas.html]

:

\begin{align}

\sin(a + b) &= \sin(a)\cos(b) + \cos(a)\sin(b)\\

\sin(a - b) &= \sin(a)\cos(b) - \cos(a)\sin(b)\\

\cos(a + b) &= \cos(a)\cos(b) - \sin(a)\sin(b)\\

\cos(a - b) &= \cos(a)\cos(b) + \sin(a)\sin(b)\\

\end{align}

We can use those formulas to find the result of a phase shift.

:

\begin{align}

\sin(a + \pi/2) &= \sin(a)\cos(\pi/2) + \cos(a)\sin(\pi/2) &= + \cos(a) \\

\sin(a - \pi/2) &= \sin(a)\cos(\pi/2) - \cos(a)\sin(\pi/2) &= - \cos(a) \\

\cos(a + \pi/2) &= \cos(a)\cos(\pi/2) + \sin(a)\sin(\pi/2) &= - \sin(a) \\

\cos(a - \pi/2) &= \cos(a)\cos(\pi/2) - \sin(a)\sin(\pi/2) &= + \sin(a) \\

\end{align}

Angle addition formulas taken together produce the heterodyne formulas:

:

\begin{align}

\sin(a + b) + \sin(a - b) &= 2 \sin(a)\cos(b) \\

\sin(a + b) - \sin(a - b) &= 2 \cos(a)\sin(b) \\

\cos(a + b) + \cos(a - b) &= 2 \cos(a)\cos(b) \\

\cos(a - b) - \cos(a + b) &= 2 \sin(a)\sin(b) \\

\end{align}

These clarify the first image in the article that has a simple story of in phase and quadrature.

The diagram uses a sin() phase carrier and a sin() phase VCO.

File:Costas loop model.svg|Costas loop model.svg

The image does not give the heterodyne formulas, but the image shows a zero phase difference between the carrier and VCO because both are described as \sin(\omega t).

To model the phase difference, let a be the carrier phase and b the VCO phase.

The upper and lower branches then produce:

:

\begin{align}

m(t) \sin(a)\sin(b) &= 0.5 m(t) (\cos(a - b) - \cos(a + b)) \\

m(t) \sin(a)\cos(b) &= 0.5 m(t) (\sin(a + b) + \sin(a - b)) \\

\end{align}

The summed phases get filtered out.

Demodulation is on the upper branch: cos(a-b) is approximately cos(0) = 1.

Phase control on the lower branch.

The lock point is stable at near zero phase difference: if b gets a little ahead of a, then sin(a-b) is negative which will reduce the VCO phase.

This diagram started the article, has the cleanest math, and the rest of the article should follow suit.

Top branch should be demodulation and bottom branch phase control.

The phases going to the mixers should be sin() and cos().

In contrast, the two diagrams in the final section of the article are confused, inconsistent, and changing.

File:Costas loop before sync.svg|Costas loop before sync.svg

File:Costas loop after sync.svg|Costas loop after sync.svg

The recent formulas given in the diagrams for the lower branches are:

:

\begin{align}

\frac{1}{2} m(t) &(\sin(\omega t - \theta_{\rm{VCO}}(t)&) &+ \sin(\omega t + \theta_{\rm{VCO}}(t))&) \\

\frac{1}{2} m(t) &(\sin(\theta_s&) &+ \sin(2 \omega t + \theta_s)&) \\

\end{align}

We should get the lower formula by substituting \omega t + \theta_s for \theta_{\rm{VCO}}(t), but that gives

:

\begin{align}

\frac{1}{2} m(t) &(\sin(\omega t - \theta_{\rm{VCO}}(t)&) &+ \sin(\omega t + \theta_{\rm{VCO}}(t))&) \\

\frac{1}{2} m(t) &(\sin(\omega t - \omega t - \theta_s&) &+ \sin(\omega t + \omega t + \theta_s)&) \\

\frac{1}{2} m(t) &(\sin(- \theta_s &) &+ \sin(2 \omega t + \theta_s)&) \\

\end{align}

Notice the -θs; that makes the lock point stable for small values.

This last formula is identical to the cos case.

In other words, the formulas says the first diagram locks with a phase difference near 0, and the second diagram locks with a phase near 180°.

If we look at earlier versions of the two diagrams, the situation is still confused.

The "before sync" SVG file from 2012 recognizes that the -90° phase shifter creates a minus cosine, so it negates m(t).

That makes the loop unstable for small phase differences between the carrier and the VCO.

The "after sync" SVG from 2012 is even more confused.

It assumes the phase difference between the VCO's sin() and the carrier's sin() is zero.

That is evidenced by the sin(0) expression in the lower branch.

It expects the top branch to provide the demodulated m(t), so it is trying to mimic the diagram in the first section.

It does not show the phase error, so we cannot comment on stability.

The same issues are present in another diagram:

File:Costas loop blocks2.svg|Costa loops blocks2.svg

The expressions for the upper and lower branches with a −90° phase shift to the lower branch should be (with a the carrier phase and b the VCO phase):

::

\begin{align}

m(t) \sin(a)\sin(b) &= 0.5 m(t) (\cos(a - b) - \cos(a + b)) \\

-m(t) \sin(a)\cos(b) &= -0.5 m(t) (\sin(a + b) + \sin(a - b)) \\

\end{align}

And -sin(-x) = sin(x) by antisymmetry, so the "after lock" lower branch formula is correct, but the lock is unstable as shown. IF the VCO is a little fast, then the phase difference with be positive, and the feedback will speed up the VCO even more. The diagram is wrong (assuming positive filter gain).

Amelia Earhart

=Radio equipment=

Amelia Earhart#Radio equipment

Is a confusing mess.

Cyril D. Remmlein is in Bendix Radio Research Division.

In February 1937, Remmlein brought a prototype Bendix Receiver to Newark, NJ airport.

The first receiver was still in manufacturing.

O. Vernon Moore, the design engineer, had not designed the coils yet.

Earhart and Manning choose 200 to 10,000 kHz in 5 bands.

They would get the first production receiver; it would be shipped to Burbank when ready.{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|p=60}} Long and Long cite to the daily journal of O. Vernon Moore; entry on 15 February 1937.

Joseph Gurr is UA radio tech at Burbank.

Comes on the scene because WeCo radio did not work.

Gurr quickly discovers antenna not plugged in.

"From then on, Gurr was the person they called whenever they needed a radioman."{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|p=61}}

Become go-to radio guy for Earhart and Putnam.

Gurr had nice comments: you must do the last hundred miles on radio. https://tighar.org/wiki/Modifications_by_Joe_Gurr

Gillespie says plane shipped with starboard ventral antenna and a trailing wire antenna from the tail. https://tighar.org/wiki/NR16020_antennas#Chronology Pitot tube to two ventral masts.

https://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/1995Vol_11/starborn.pdf says TA is just below tail light on delivery; also says not the TA that was removed; comment at end of article about pinning down nomenclature of the loop.

October 1936 has installation of Hooven.

Jan-Feb 1937 had installation of Vee. (I think this was a Bell Labs installation; they could reasonably install the WeCo receivers.)

However, probably installation of Bendix RA-1 receiver.

Who is Remmlein?

He flew out from Washington DC to do the modification.

Gas tanks installed (limiting access to tail). Also during that time, trailing wire antenna moved to ventral mast underneath cabin.

Somewhere, the trailing wire has a weight. That would incease vertical component of antenna and improve forward transmission.

{{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=173}}: "Also installed was a 250-foot trailing wire antenna, which was weighted on the end and wound onto an electrically driven reel in the Electra's tail. Low frequencies, such as the 500=kilocycle channel, require long antennas and communicate in code only." The "in code only" is dubious; lower end of BC band is 550 kHz.

Just before flight, Bendix donates $2,500.

See 1941 Bendix Brochure for MN-31 Automatic Radio Compass.

Hooven removed in early March 1937. Gillespie says Hooven Dome replaced with Bendix MN-5 loop.

Long and Long say the loop is a Navy RDF-1-B loop with a custom coupling box.{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|p=63}} No supporting evidence cited at {{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=259}}.

== Dorsal antenna ==

TIGHAR probably has it right that dorsal was transmit-only and the transmitter lead went from transmitter to leg of vee.

Source: 1962 letter from W. C. Tinus, Vice President of Bell Telephone Laboratories:{{cite book |last1=Morrisey |first1=Muriel Earhart |last2=Osborne |first2=Carol L. |date=1987 |title=Amelia My Courageous Sister |publisher=Osborne Publisher |isbn=978-0940997004}}

: I was the radio engineer who was responsible for the design and installation of her radio communications equipment....

: I had been a radio operator aboard ship in my younger days and knew the importance of being able to communicate at 500 kc over the oceans. I persuaded Miss Earhart and Mr. Putnam on this point and modified a standard three-channel Western Electric equipment of the type then being used by the airlines to provide one channel at 500 kc and the other two at around 3000 and 6000 kc... A simple modification also enabled transmission to be made on CW or MCW, as well as voice, and a telegraph key was provided which could be plugged in, in addition to a microphone for voice communication. It was my thought that many ships throughout the world had 500 kc radio compasses and could probably better obtain bearings if the key were held down for an extended period while radiating modulated CW (MCW).

There was a reference on design of dorsal antennas.

Expect Tinus did a good job; does TIGHAR have the dimensions?

Then Gurr changed the length (and the tuning).

Didn't work well on trip to Miami, so Miami changed it.

There's an issue of how Gurr switched the transmitter to the 500 kHz range, but that becomes irrelevant if Miami removed the network. Expect a direct connection with no additional loading/matching networks.

== Ventral antenna ==

TIGHAR probably right here that just went to the receiver.

Could be used for sense antenna, but then lead would have to go up to the RDF unit.

TIGHAR wipe-off theory is probably right, too. Earhart's receiver still worked because she got the RDF receiver to work Howland. That means the fuse probably did not blow. Earhart could not get the 3 or 6 kHz channels to work, so the antenna was probably disconnected or wiped off. Alternatively, the controls may not be set properly, but Earhart had that working at Darwin.

There are more complicated theories about connection....

== Earhart RDF ==

There are pictures of Earhart with the loop and coupling box.

https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?topic=770.15 has pictures.

Box has controls

  • "BAND" selector: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
  • function selector: possibly B, D, R (these initials were standard by 1936 with RDF-1-A's L1130-B coupler; see Aircraft Manual)
  • "LOOP TUNING"
  • "A" antenna binding post
  • "ON"/"OFF" switch
  • three other features that are not clear

{{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=63}}:

The loop coupler control box had been custom-made to electronically adapt the standard Navy RDF-1-B direction-finder loop to the new Bendix RA-1 receiver. Five frequency-band numbers were shown on the face of Earhart's loop coupler, but the Navy model had six bands. The actual frequency range of each band was listed on a chart concealed inside the inner bottom cover plate of the unit. The limited space on the face of Earhart's loop coupler required that the frequency bands be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Remmlein cautioned Manning that the radio direction-finder loop was designed to take bearings only on frequencies between 200 and 1430 kilocycles, whereas the receiver could receive signals on frequencies up to 10,000 kilocycles. If Earhart or Manning tried to take a bearing on a high-frequency signal using the Bendix receiver's upper bands, the resonance of the loop would be so far out of tune they probably could not get a minimum signal.

Next paragraph says 5 bands do not match.

Notes for page 63 cite to the Bendix RDF-2-A Navy instruction book, page 12, for "limited space". A 21 May 1976 interview of Al Hemphill, Bendix direction finder engineer, "If Earhart or Manning tried" the loop would be so far out of tune they could not get a minimum, and 20 January 1976 interview of Joe Gurr for "natural mistake" of matching band numbers.

RDF was useless flying into Africa. https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Forum/Forum_Archives/199910.txt (apparently from Long and Long quoting letter from Noonan dated 6/8/1937.

Gillespie dubious of Long: "From what I've seen, Elgen presents no documentation to support most of his allegations about the Bendix DF and he completely neglects to mention the earlier Hooven/Bendix Radio Compass that was installed and later removed." (Forum Archives 199910.txt)

IIRC, the notes section of the book refers to the RDF manual (a later version that I did not find).

  • {{cite patent |inventor-last=Hicks |inventor-first=Charles William |country-code=US |patent-number=2144309 |title=Radio Apparatus |assign1=Bendix Radio |publication-date=12 July 1935 |issue-date=17 January 1939 |ref=none}}

=== RDF-1A / L1130-B ===

See description below.

R T D B

RDF-1B see http://aafradio.org/docs/Navy-radio-gear-1943.pdf

=== RDF-2-A / L1678A ===

Bendix documents (Reference Drawing AR3000) definitively identify Earhart's RDF as an RDF-2-A with an L1678A coupler, but the units may be prototypes.

=== DU-1 RDF ===

There's a picture of a later coupler that has operating instructions.[https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?PHPSESSID=qva0fr61odfmh5japn6443i4k4&action=dlattach;topic=770.0;attach=3588;image]

Much better picture at National Air and Space Museum: https://airandspace.si.edu/multimedia-gallery/4523hjpg

Radio Compass, Navy, DU-1, Bendix. The loop is two-tone color.

  • R RECEIVE ONLY — DO NOT ATTEMPT TO TAKE BEARINGS
  • B TUNING — TUNE LOOP CAREFULLY FOR MAX SIGNAL
  • D DIRECTION — SWITCH TO D AND SWING LOOP FOR MAX SIGNAL — ARROW WILL POINT TO STATION. ADJUST MASK SO THAT ZERO MARK IS OVER POINTER WITH LOOP IN POSITION OF MAX SIGNAL.
  • B BEARING — RETURN SWITCH TO "B?". SWING LOOP TO MIN IN UNMASKED PORTION OF DIAL. BEARING IS RELATIVE TO PLANE HEADING.

R connects input omni antenna (terminal "A") to output (to receiver via J102). RDF unit may be off.

B would add capacitors to resonate without adding omni.

Omni input grounded; just loop operative.

Loop tuning would be a variable capacitor to fine tune the loop.

Variable capacitors do not have wide range (e.g., 40 to 360 pf is range of 3 for broadcast band).

Loop range of DU-1 is 200 to 1600  kHz. That's 3 octaves. That's why the picture with instructions would have 3 bands.

The bands are 200 to 400, 400 to 800, and 800 to 1600.

Earhart's coupler may have used smaller range variable capacitor and therefore used 5 bands.

D setting includes omni antenna to get a cardioid pattern.

There's an on-off switch.

DU1 uses two 12SK7 pentodes; power may be off in "R".

http://www.r-type.org/pdfs/6sk7.pdf

There's some nice cleverness here. The loop has a fixed 200 pF capacitor (C-201). The tuning variable capacitor (C-102) is 19–395 pF. Autotransformers (T-101, T-102, and T-103) are used to boost the effective capacitance. For example, to get an octave range over the 200 pF fixed capacitor, one would need 0–600 pF. A transformer can lower the capacitors apparent impedance (increase its apparent capacitance). That gets around the limitation of the RDF-1A that switched fixed capacitors into the lower ranges, so the lower bands covered much less than an octave.

=== Gillespie ===

Gillespie quotes

  • {{cite journal |title=Aero Radio Digest: Newest Developments in the Field of Aircraft Radio |section=Bendix D-Fs |journal=Aero Digest |issn=0096-4344 |volume=30 |issue=?? |pages=42–44 |date=August 1937 |quote=They may be used as fixed-loop homing devices or as navigational direction finding instruments within frequency range of 200–1500 kcs.}}; not on Internet Archive.
  • :: obtained from library. Bendix announces COMMERCIAL RDFs that MN-1, MN-3, MN-5, MN-7 (but also mentions MN-2!). Units cover 200 kHz to 1500 kHz.

See https://tighar.org/wiki/Radio_equipment_on_NR16020

: August 1937 issue of Aero Digest magazine: “Bendix D-Fs are designed to operate in conjunction with Bendix Type RA-1 receiver, but will also give accurate and dependable bearings when used with any standard radio receiver covering the desired frequency range.” The article also notes that these receivers can be used “as navigational direction finding instruments within frequency range of 200–1500 kilocycles.

Also https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?topic=452.120 where he offers a PDF.

Comments about second ventral antenna used as Hooven sense antenna.

  • {{cite journal |first=A. M. |last=Harned |title=The New RCA Aircraft Radiocompass |date=August 1936 |journal=Aero Digest |issn=0096-4344 |volume= |issue= |pages=38–40 |url=https://archive.org/stream/aerodigest2919unse#page/n173/mode/2up}}
  • Comment. The 1941 Bendix catalog does not include the MN-1; instead it has the MN-13 Direction Finder on page 10. That unit covers 150 to 1500 kHz. Blow up picture, and it shows a 3-band unit, so probably similar to the DU-1; DU-1 project was finished by 1941.
  • : Instruction Book for Model MN-13A Direction Finding Equipment (10 July 1940), copyright entry: https://books.google.com/books?id=gkfQAAAAMAAJ&pg=PA835&lpg=PA835&source=bl&hl=en
  • MN-20 9 inch loop (1941 catalog)
  • MN-24 18 inch loop (1941 catalog)
  • MN-26 (page 11) used the MN-20 loop up to 7000 kHz.

=== Hefele ===

  • {{cite patent |inventor-last=Hefele |inventor-first=Edward J. |title=Direction Finder Antenna System |publication-date=1937-04-27 |issue-date=1941-08-05 |country-code=US |patent-number=2251708 |ref=none}}

===Russian text===

  • DTIC translation of I. S. Kukes and M. Ye. Starik, Principles of Radio Direction Finding, FTD-MT-65-58, http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/620966.pdf
  • DTIC translation of I. S. Kukes and M. Ye. Starik, Principles of Radio Direction Finding, FTD-ID(RS)T-2232-77, http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a051951.pdf http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a051952.pdf
  • : Osnovy Radiopelengatsii, Izd-vo "Sovetskoye Radio", Moscow, 1964, pp. 1-516, (515-570 previously translated under FTD-MT-65-58), 571-640
  • : Основы радиопеленгации. Кукес И.С., Старик М.Е. М.1964

== RA-1 receiver ==

https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/53_MiamiPhoto/53_MiamiPhoto.htm

Shows cockpit control box with an argument about a HF direction finder.

But that photo fits with Long and Long description of RA-1 with remote control at copilot's station (sic pilot).

Bendix RA-1B was used during the war.

Manual:

MR-1B remote control.

Remote control uses manual speedometer cables for tuning and bandswitching.

Bendix Brochure has RA-1 pictures and MR-1 remote control. http://aafradio.org/docs/Bendix_1941_brochure.pdf

There is no magic RDF in the RA-1 receiver.

RA-1B manual shows it as a conventional communications receiver.

Its ability for RDF would be detecting minimum and maximum signals.

The RA-1B has an antenna selector.

  • FA Fixed antenna. Ordinary reception. Capacitively coupled to band selector through paralleled C81/C82. R47 (500 KΩ bleed) to ground.
  • TA Trailing antenna. C80 in series with paralleled C81/C82. Same antenna input as FA.
  • DF Direction finding. Connects DF antenna input to band selector with no load resistor. FA antenna shorted to ground.

RA-1B copyright entry: https://books.google.com/books?id=kGZbAAAAIAAJ&pg=PA10&lpg=PA10&dq=bendix+manual+for+ra-1+series+receiver+for+aircraft&source=bl&ots=cOiGNkElSE&sig=NwBhD9CV7R7uUO-IsVWpE4ARm1k&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjXkob_wuXXAhWpsVQKHT4WCNEQ6AEIOzAD#v=onepage&q=bendix%20manual%20for%20ra-1%20series%20receiver%20for%20aircraft&f=false

http://antiqueradios.com/forums/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=274814

  • Just a WECo receiver: https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Forum/Highlights81_100/highlights93.html

Luke Field crash. Suggestion of port side underbelly damage.

Did the ground loop damage the port side?

Trailing wire and starboard ventral antenna were not reinstalled.

There's some background, too. Manning left the flight after the crash.

Manning was the only one who could receive Morse code (15 wpm).

Manning was the only one who had an FCC license to transmit Morse (obtained in March 1937).

Manning was the only one who could transmit on 500 kHz (Earhart and Noonan were restricted radiotelephone licenses).

Consequently, a 500 kHz transmitting antenna would be surplusage.

It may be that the RA-1 was viewed as a Morse accessory, too.

That would have it pulled after first attempt but before second.

Don't know if sources support that.

Gurr did train Earhart on RA-1 in March according to Long and Long 1999.

Further conflict. March was before first attempt.

Gurr modified dorsal antenna for 500 kHz.

No need to do that unless trailing wire removed.

TIGHAR has this theory that lengthening the Vee created a horrible mismatch.

At the same time, there's a comment that the feedpoint changed.

Hello, offset dipole.

Traps also popular.

  • {{cite journal |last=Holmes |first=Paul J. |title=Aircraft Antenna Characteristics |date=December 1942 |pages=46–48 |journal=Electronics |url=http://aafradio.org/docs/Aircraft_Antenna_Design.html}}
  • : http://www.americanradiohistory.com/Archive-Electronics/40s/Electronics-1942-12.pdf
  • :: see also page 117, Walker-Turner Flexible Shafting advertisement
  • :: see also page 120, FCC Radio Intelligence Division; for Dave.
  • {{doi|10.1109/JRPROC.1942.231344}}

Theory that during the Lae takeoff, the belly antenna was lost.

Probably caused the loss of the Electra's ordinary receiving antenna.

Sources suggest RDF reception at 7500 kHz is very suspect. Could not tune the loop to that frequency. Loop might receive it, but trying to tune the loop would severely attenuate the signal. Indicates must be close. Relies on BFO for good reception; otherwise it is receiver quieting. If Earhart were using wrong antenna, then swinging the loop would have no effect.

Fundamental limit: λ = 300Mmps / 7.5 MHz = 40 meters. Give 4 meter for 0.1 λ. 10 inch loop is 1 meter, so 4 turns.

Calculate inductance and resonate with 200 pF.

Large loops on ships would be a problem. Where was the picture of those loops?

== Scenarios ==

Lead in issue. Practice at the time (from RA-1B manual) was single wire lead in made short as possible. That would fit with Gillespie having transmitter in cabin near Vee antenna connection. Too much trouble to have ventral leadin go to roof to reach coupler and then come back to floor. Consequently, R is dysfunctional, T D B essentially identical. No unidirectional determination.

One modified WECo receiver. Is there an A/DF switch? How was TA connected. There was a LF antenna (bands 1 and 2) and HF antenna (bands 3 and 4).

Band 1 188 to 420,

Band 2 485 to 1200,

Band 3 1500 to 4000,

Band 4 4000 to 10000 (is this where Long believes RA-1 stops at 10 MHz?).

https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/ResearchPapers/ElectraRadios/Figure1.html

So TA could couple into LF and ventral antenna to HF (or dorsal antenna with breakin).

Must route HF through coupler because there is no DF setting.

One prototype Bendix RA-1 receiver. FA/TA/DF switch. Probably not remote controlled, so would have to go aft to flip the switch.

Gurr enamored of receiver, but could he be enamored of WECo as well?

Was Gurr asked in the 1970s?

What if AE trained on RA-1 (use DF switch), but then RA-1 removed (no DF switch on WECo)?

Both receivers. Only search for null because receiving antenna would be connected to WECo.

Directionality of antennas. Fly around airport at Lae would be both close and broadside.

Receiving antenna pointed at target would at null?

Broadside would be collecting atmospherics.

Would turning plane onto sun line give directional increase?

Earhart did try receiving 500 kHz at Lae.

Only time Earhart determined a minimum was at Burbank under direction (but also flying to Hawaii).

Gurr expected her to improve her skills during travels.

But if in March, she was heading for trouble.

Did RDF work going into Honolulu? (Advantage of high peaks; probably familiar to Gurr and Manning; Manning could operate equipment.)

Explanations for no minimum.

If coupler has antenna connected and T not peaked, then omni could dominate and there would be no minimum.

Training for second flight. Yes, a lot more legs, but RDF failed going into Africa and may not have been repaired until Darwin.

Likely that broken before Africa and not repaired until Darwin.

If repaired before Darwin, then it broke again.

Alternatively, AE failed to use equipment properly closing Africa; equipment broke after Africa but before Darwin; equipment likely to break again.

AE watched while tech took bearing on ground; no indication of training AE.

Darwin repair comments have been used to support 2nd receiver, but it may have just been the coupler.

The failed generator is a twist. No fuse in couplers. Dynamotors may have had fuses. But coupler would have run off receiver dynamotor.

Long says remote for RA-1 at copilot station, but image shows in pilot station. (Miami photo).

Coupler designs.

Reactance: {{#expr:1000000000000/(2*3.14*7500000*1.5)}}

The simple view.

WECo transmitter works and is connected to dorsal Vee. Everybody hears 3105. 6210 reportedly has problems at Lae and nobody hears it after flight. Maybe Vee has problems at 6210.

Only the WECo receiver. RDF connected to LF terminal and only used for bidirectional bearing. That means anything below 1400 is heard only through the loop, and that would be the right thing for RDF to radionavigation beacons and broadcast stations. It does require that the BFO be switched on for radionavigation beacons. Radio repair technicians at Lae probably took bearing on 500 kHz signal at Sal. while Earhart watched. Earhart failed to take bearing on 7500 at Lae because loop not connected to receiver in bands 3 and 4. She could turn loop all she wanted and not detect any change.

Earhart should have been able to take bearing on 500 kHz beacon transmitted by Itasca. With simple WECo connection, selecting tuning band would get correct antenna. But operator still needs to turn on RDF, select proper band and function (anything but R) on RDF coupler, turn on BFO, and turn off AVC. If fuse had blown again, then the loop would not work at all.

If ventral antenna wiped off at Lae, that would explain no HF reception. But it causes a huge problem explaining the 7500 kHz report. If there were two receivers, then the loop would always be connected to it, and they may have only tried to receive 7500 on that receiver (never looked for 3105 or 6210 or 500. Attempt would have been compounded by not using BFO. For 7500 kHz test at Lae, were they using voice? Failure to obtain a minimum implies receiving a signal; Earhart thought the signal was too strong. Unlikely for Lae to have 7500 kHz transmitter; did it have voice on nearby frequency?

If radio comm worked when RDF fuse was blown, then omni antenna not connected to RDF (one receiver model).

Earhart confused about equipment. Earhart thought whistling was necessary. If she did not do Morse code, then BFO would be foreign.

(Hey, switching to CW would disconnect Vee!)

Long and Long have nice section showing the Captain of the Itasca would have few worries because there were multiple ways for locating the Itasca.

  1. Itasca would be transmitting the requested 7.5 MHz homing signal Earhart requested. (Check this.) Earhart wanted voice transmissions, but Itasca could only do Morse code at that frequency. Still, it would be easy to RDF Morse code even if one could not copy it. Once Earhart was close, she could get an RDF bearing and head straight for Itasca. Earhart heard the 7.5 MHz transmission, but she could not find a minimum that would determine the bearing. She had similarly failed to find a minimum during a test at Darwin. It is likely that her RDF equipment was not designed to work at 7.5 MHz. (She could have been misled by the band numbering.)
  2. Itasca would be transmitting a MF beacon (375 kHz or 500 kHz). Earhart did not request this, but Manning had requested these transmissions before the crash at Luke Field. It is not clear if Earhart ever monitored these frequencies. She was not skilled at radio and may not have recognized that removing the trailing wire antenna did not destroy the RDF loop's ability to receive the MF beacon. Several authors suggest that even if she had tried, the numbered band mismatch between the RDF coupler and the RA-1 would have thwarted the attempt.
  3. Itasca believed Earhart could transmit on 500 kHz, a frequency that was within the range of Itasca's RDF equipment. Itasca could take the bearing, tell Earhart, and she could fly the reciprocal. Earhart had discarded the 500 kHz trailing wire antenna after the Luke Field crash, so she did not have an efficient antenna. Gurr had lengthened the vee antenna to give some 500 kHz ability, but it would have been very poor. Gurr's modification may have been removed in Miami. Neither Earhart nor Noonan were authorized to transmit on 500 kHz. It is unlikely that they attempted a 500 kHz transmission; Itasca did not hear one. (Check.) Even if Itasca could have obtained such a bearing, it could not have told Earhart that bearing because they were not having reliable communications.
  4. There was an experimental high-frequency direction finder set up on Howland Island. It would be able to get a fix on Earharts 3105 and 6210 kHz transmissions. Unfortunately, the HF direction finder was powered by batteries, and it was turned on while Earhart was far away. By the time a fix was important, the batteries were depleted and the direction finder was useless. Furthermore, even if a fix was obtained, Earhart was not copying Itasca, so she could not be told which direction to head.
  5. Itasca was going to generate smoke. Howland Island is essentially flat; it is not visible over the horizon. Generating smoke should give a high altitude target that would be visible over the horizon. (During World War II, submarines would detect freighters over the horizon by their smoke.) On the day, the weather was clear, but Itasca could not generate a decent smoke column. Instead, the smoke did not rise very high, and it dissipated quickly. In addition, Earhart's plane ended up where it was cloudy; instead of flying at a high altitude with an extended horizon, she flew under the clouds at 1000 feet. The horizon would be close. Earhart was not close to the Itasca; it was clear around the Itasca but cloudy around Earhart.

== Bands ==

class="wikitable"
rowspan=2| Bandcolspan=5| Radioscolspan=5|Radio Direction Finders
20B
(modified)
RA-1(A)RA-1(B)RA-1BRA-1JRDF-1-A
L1130A
RDF-1-B
???
RDF-2-A (AE)
L1678A
RDF-2-A
???
DU-1
CRR-50061
10.188 0.420.150 .???.150 .???.150 .315.150 .3150.500 0.590??????.200 .???0.200 0.400
20.485 1.200??????.315 .680.315 .6800.590 0.700?????????0.400 0.800
31.500 4.000.??? 1.500.??? 1.500.680 1.5000.680 1.5000.700 1.050?????????0.800 1.600
44.000 10.0001.800 ?.???2.500 ?.???1.8 3.72.500 5.0001.050 1.570?????????NA
5NA??????3.7 7.55.000 10.0001.570 3.000???????.??? 1.430NA
6NA?.??? 15.000?.??? 20.0007.5 15.010.000 20.0003.000 5.400???NA???NA
7NANANANANA5.400 8.000???NANANA

  • The Bendix receiver was apparently a prototype, too? Bendix started in 1936.
  • : "The new Bendix receiver employed a high-quality, state-of-the-art eight-tube superheterodyne design, with and enhanced ability to reject unwanted signals. ... The receiver had five bands and, with the exception of 1500 to 2400, any frequency between 200 and 10,000 kilocycles could be tuned." {{harv|Long|Long|1999|p=63}}
  • : This statement suggests a close match with later Bendix 6-band receivers with the last band (covering 10 MHz to 20 MHz) dropped. Long and Long cite to the Bendix manual for the RA-1 series, page 2. {{Harv|Long|Long|1999|p=259}} Bendix literature in 1941 gave different limits. Is there just an RA-1 receiver (no A or B suffix)?
  • Manning gave contact instructions for the Hawaii to Howland flight during the first attempt; it had < 500 kHz RDF reception. Manning sent the following message to US Coast Guard Lieutenant Johnson:{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|p=70}}
  • :

QUOTE FOR CUTTER AT HOWLAND ISLAND SIX HOURS AFTER DEPARTURE OF PLANE FROM HONOLULU CUTTER PLEASE CALL THE PLANE FROM 1 TO 6 MINUTES PAST THE HOUR AND THE FIRST 2 MINUTES ON 3105 KCS THE 2ND 2 MINUTES ON 6210 AND THE 3RD 2 MINUTES ON 500 KCS UNTIL CONTACT IS ESTABLISHED PERIOD IF NO CONTACT MADE AFTER 3 HOURS CUTTER SHOULD TRANSMIT MO LONG DASHES ON 375 KCS FOLLOWED BY CALL LETTERS FOR PLANE TO TAKE BEARINGS PERIOD THIS TRANSMISSION SHOULD BE SENT EVERY TEN MINUTES COMMENCING ON THE EVEN HOUR LASTING 4 MINUTES ATTEMPTS WILL BE MADE BY THE PLANE TO CONTACT THE NEAR SHIP AFTER THE MO TRANSMISSION IS FINISHED IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED ABOVE SHIP SHOW SEARCHLGHT AS PLANE APPROACHES ISLAND DURING DARKNESS AND MAKE SMOKE DURING DAYLIGHT UNQUOTE

  • : The transmissions on 375 kHz (KCS) were for RDF, and they imply that Manning believed his RDF equipment could receive those transmissions. The RDF-1-A had a lower limit of 500 kHz.
  • WECo 20B from https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/ResearchPapers/ElectraRadios/ElectraRadios.htm
  • RA-1(A) and RA-1(B) from http://aafradio.org/docs/Bendix_1941_brochure.pdf (gives consistent range -- 6 band -- does not stop at 10.0 MHz!)
  • RA-1B and RA-1J from http://www.tuberadio.com/robinson/Manuals/RA1B.pdf Copyright 1941, dated January 1942
  • : {{cite manual |title=Instruction Book for Models RA-1B, RA-1I and RA-1J Aircraft Radio Receiving Equipment |date=January 1942 |location=Baltimore, Maryland |publisher=Bendix Radio |url=http://www.tuberadio.com/robinson/Manuals/RA1B.pdf}}
  • :: page 2 comments that antenna connection should be a single wire, 16 to 18 BS gauge, spaced away from the fuselage. The goal was to minimize capacitance; a shielded conduit was not recommended. "The ideal installation would have the receiver connected to the antenna lead-in by means of a single insulated conductor suspended in air throughout its length." The connection is a binding post.
  • :: page 3 grounds the receiver to the fuselage
  • :: Binding posts: A (for fixed or trailing antenna), DF (direction finder) and G (ground).
  • DU-1 from http://aafradio.org/docs/DU-1.pdf (later model used in WW II; uses transformer to multiply variable capacitor)
  • : Type CRR-50061
  • : http://www.bendixradiofoundation.com/comp_program.htm shows projects
  • :: DU-1 1940-1942
  • :: Project database
  • ::: Shows that project number 135, "DU, DW, DV Direction Finder", started 8 February 1938, Section Chief was Brais, and closed 1 November 1939
  • ::: See also project number 1044, "Preparation of Bid - Navy Direction Finders", started 2 November 1939, Section Chief Eltgroth, and closed 22 November 1939
  • ::: "Engineering Projects 1937-1953 - Bendix Radio Foundation", https:www.bendixradiofoundation.com/documents/BxRadEngProj.xls retrieved 19 June 2018 (Excel spreadsheet)
  • : DU-1 Manual shows shielded cable connection
  • RDF-1-A from http://aafradio.org/docs/1936_NRL_Aircraft_Radio_Training_Manual_DF_Chapter.pdf
  • : Type L1130-B
  • RDF-1-B from {{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=63}} (see also notes) (is Long guessing from RDF-2-A manual?)
  • RDF-2-A manual, 1 February 1937, cited in {{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=267}}
  • : Believe Elgen Long had access to Bendix documents. The document is in a listing:
  • :: Bendix Radio Foundation Print Media Data Base --Revised-4/01/2017
  • :: https://www.bendixradiofoundation.com/documents/Print%20Media%20170401.xlsx (Excel)
  • ::: line 1381: 1379, Box 3.02.0.09, Folder 7.01, , RFT-2 Aircraft Direction Finder
  • ::: line 1382: 1380, Box 3.02.0.09, Folder 8.01, , RDF-2-A Aircraft Direction Finder
  • :: Bendix Radio Foundation
  • :: http://www.bendixradiofoundation.com/coll_drawing.htm
  • :: http://www.bendixradiofoundation.com/documents/Drawings%20170317.xlsx
  • ::: line 313: RDF-2 DIRECTION FINDER, 12-10-1936, "RDF-2,DIRECTION,FINDER,L1678A,AMELIA EARHART"
  • ::: line 314: RDF-2 DIRECTION FINDER, 12-10-1936, "RDF-2,DIRECTION,FINDER,L1678A,AMELIA EARHART"
  • :: Microfiche database
  • ::: 1938 Direction finding report MZ-100A
  • ::: 1939 Direction finding report MZ-100A
  • ::: 1940-42 DU-1
  • ::: June 1937 Direction Finder CSX
  • ::: several MN-* series
  • :: http://www.bendixradiofoundation.com/documents/Malcom%20Taylor's%20at%20Bendix.pdf;
  • ::: "There he started work designing the coils for the superheterodyne six-band receiver prototype which was used by Amelia Earhart during her fatal 1937 flight . While on this project he was assisted by Karl Finsder, a very knowledgeable radio technician. By 1938 this radio became the RA 1 with models RA 1B, RA 1I and RA 1J with remote control dynamometer and was perfected through shock and exposure testing. The six bands covered the range from 0.15 to 15.0 MHz. They built about 100 units for US Navy aircraft installation and also some units for the Argentine Navy. The RA 1 was later farmed out to the Sparks Worthington Company of Jackson, Michigan, a former producer of home radio receivers. Malcolm donated a copy of the RA 1 Technical Handbook to the Bendix Radio Foundation for the museum archives at 1415 Key Highway in Baltimore, MD."
  • notes for page 63 cite limited space for band info, RDF-2-A page 12, cited in {{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=259}}
  • listened to WQAM 560 kHz in Miami but heard nothing {{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=135}}
  • listened to KGU (AM) 760 kHz in Hawaii but that was set up by Manning
  • Elgin Long:
  • :The loop coupler control box had been custom-made to electronically adapt the standard Navy RDF-1-B direction-finder loop to the new Bendix RA-1 receiver. Five frequency-band numbers (labeled 1-5) were shown on the face of Earhart's loop coupler, but the Navy model had six bands...the radio direction-finder loop was designed to take bearings only on frequencies between 200 and 1430 kilocycles, whereas the receiver could receive...up to 10,000 kilocycles...If Earhart or Manning tried to take a bearing on a high-frequency signal using the Bendix receiver's upper bands, the resonance of the loop would be so far out of tune they probably could not get a minimum signal."
  • GP believes RDF went down to 200 kHz:
  • : June 25th at 2245GMT, the Coast Guard San Francisco office sent a radio message to {{USCG|Itasca|1929|2}}{{cite web | url=https://tighar.org/wiki/Failure_to_communicate | title=Failure to communicate - TIGHAR }}{{cite web |first=Randall S. |last=Jacobsen |title=The World Flight, Second Attempt: Communications & Coordination |date=n.d. |access-date=23 May 2018 |publisher=TIGHAR |url=https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/ResearchPapers/Worldflight/2ndattemptcommo.html}}{{cite web |title=The Radio Logs of the USCG Itasca |date=5 June 2002 |url=https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/37_ItascaLogs/traffic.html |publisher=TIGHAR}}
  • :: ... Mr. Putnam now at Oakland and advises Ms. Earhart at Bandoeng Java for repairs to motors and departure indefinite. She will cable details communications from Port Darwin direct San Francisco and you will be given all information immediately. All communications from plane will be on 500, 3105, or 6210 kHz by voice, positions being given at 15 and 45 minutes past the hour. Itasca adjust transmitter for possible use 3105 kHz for voice. Direction finder on plane covers range of about 200 to 1400 kHz.
  • : {{USCG|Itasca|1929|2}} logs also have USCG SF to Itasca 26 June 1937:
  • :: FOLLOWING INFORMATION FROM EARHART THIS DATE -
  • :: "HOMING DEVICE COVERS FROM 200 TO 1500 AND 2400 TO 48 KILOCYCLES. ANY FREQUENCIES NOT, REPEAT NOT, NEAR ENDS OF BANDS SUITABLE." SUGGEST USING SUITABLE FREQUENCIES HAVING IN MIND UNCERTAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF HIGH FREQUENCIES. USE 333 KILOCYCLES OR FREQUENCY IN THAT VICINITY AND TRY 545 KILOCYCLES AFTER TESTS WITH STATIONS YOUR LOCALITY TO DETERMINE WHICH IS BEST. ADVISE IF IMPOSSIBLE TO PLACE TARE 10 TRANSMITTER ON 3105 KILOCYCLES. EARHART AT LAE VIA TUTUILA EXACT FREQUENCIES SELECTED AND ASSUME CONTINUOUS SIGNALS AFTER HER DIRECTION FINDER IN RANGE. SEE BROADCAST ON QUARTER AFTER AND QUARTER BEFORE HOUR ON 6210 AND 3105 KILOCYCLES.
  • :: AM ADVISING EARHART THAT ITASCA WILL VOICE RADIO HER ON 3105 ON HOUR AND HALF HOUR AS SHE APPROACHES HOWLAND. REPAIRS MADE AND EARHART NOW AT SOURABAYA. EXPECTS LEAVE DAWN THIS DATE FOR PORT DARWIN AND NEXT DAY FOR LAE. ADVISE PRIORITY IF ADJUSTMENTS TARE TEN TRANSMITTER SATISFACTORY FOR USE ON 3105.
  • : Speculate: That gives a quasi-consistent statement (if we take "48 kilocycles" to be "4800 kilocycles", but it suggests that it was driven by the receiver's bands rather that the RDF bands. There are other statements that 200 KHz was receiver's low end, and the receiver has a gap around 1500 to 2400.
  • : Speculate: maybe it does use the transformer, but the capacitor didn't do a factor of four, so it used 5 bands to try to cover the DU-1's later 200 to 1600 kHz.

All of this leaves me confused. On 25 June, Putnam states RDF is 200 to 1400 kHz. On 26 June, Earhart specifies RDF 200 to 1500 and 2400 to 4800. Earhart is not saying 7500. Sounds like she is saying 333 or 545 kHz. What evidence for 7500? Could Earhart state the range in one place but not apply the range at another place? It should at least raise red flags on Itasca.

The 7500 was a last minute radio request at 0758 (Itasca); she responded at 0803, but wanted results set on 3105 kHz.

Were transmissions too short for adequate bearing? Request for long count is to aim DF antenna.

Earhart's test at Darwin was probably at Darwin's ordinary transmitter frequency and not 7500. When was she in Darwin? That would be after Java. Did she evaluate the Darwin test and realize LF or homing 3105 would work? Is the failure that 3105 kHz was not suitable? If she expected Itasca to transmit on 3015 and 6210, then why not home on those signals and forget about 7500? If two receivers, then they could be independent, but with one receiver, the retuning does not make sense.

http://earchives.lib.purdue.edu/cdm/compoundobject/collection/earhart/id/3119/rec/55 page021 page023. AE requested 7.5 MHz! Report notes contradiction. Batteries ran down, but not whole story; Earhart's transmissions were voice (not constant amplitude) and brief (never more than a 8 seconds). page044. Smoke remained concentrated and did not thin out greatly! Where was that picture? Interesting conclusions on page048: Earhart had receiver troubles; ack for 7500 may have been other signals; possible sun line but no position.

=Gas tanks=

Another screwy issue is the gas tanks providing floatation for the plane.

:: Paul Mantz, technical adviser to the aviatrix, who twice crossed the Atlantic, said in Burbank, Calif., the plane's six gas tanks would give it buoyancy to stay afloat "indefinitely."{{cite news |date=4 July 1937 |title=Amelia's Voice Heard by Amateur Radio Operator: Distress Signal Buoys Hopes for Ultimate Rescue of Aviatrix |journal=Atchison Daily Globe |url=http://www.ameliaearhartmuseum.org/AmeliaEarhart/NewsClips/clip10.htm}}

Lockheed had a different conclusion: the plane would sink quickly.

Gross weight is 16,000 pounds (Johnson). Fuel tanks 1150. {{#expr:1150*8.3}} Oil tank is 50? {{#expr:50*8.3}}.

Long and Long also suggest the fuel dump valves would let water in.

= Sources =

  • Gillespie on Long: "If you've read the available contemporaneous primary sources you know that many of the Longs' statements of fact are, in reality, conjecture --- and unsupported conjecture at that." https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Forum/Highlights81_100/highlights93.html
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Archivessubject.html
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Documents/Report_487/Report487.pdf fuel burn
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/ResearchPapers/ElectraRadios/ElectraRadios.htm
  • https://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/1993Vol_9/nail.pdf
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/20_LostAntenna/20_LostAntenna.html
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/26_Antenna2/26_Antenna2.html
  • https://ww2aircraft.net/forum/threads/earharts-plane-found.37297/page-29
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/ResearchPapers/Brandenburg/RDFResearch/RDFAnalysis/RDFAnalysis.htm
  • : Rhumb line issue
  • :: See https://archive.org/stream/NavigationPrinciples#page/n177/mode/2up
  • http://aafradio.org/docs/docs.html
  • : WE 13C
  • : DU-1 http://aafradio.org/docs/DU-1.pdf schematics and operation. See page 16 cautions!
  • :: Type CRR-50061 Coupler Unit
  • :: Type CRR-59064 Loop & Azimuth Unit
  • ::: L201: 6 turns of Litz wire. Bendix part number AL71779-1
  • : http://aafradio.org/docs/1936_NRL_Aircraft_Radio_Training_Manual_DF_Chapter.pdf Has simplified diagram of RDF-1-A. Also Bellini-Tosi systems.
  • :: {{cite manual |author=Radio Materiel School |author-link=Radio Materiel School |title=Aircraft Radio |chapter=III. Aircraft Radio Direction Finders |pages=91–157 }}
  • :: Page 129 brings about even more confusion: it lists the bands for the loop:
  • ::# 500 590 (C1 C2 C4) {{#expr:590/500 round 2}}
  • ::# 590 700 (C1 C2 C3) {{#expr:700/590 round 2}}
  • ::# 700 1050 (C1 C2 C10) {{#expr:1050/700 round 2}}
  • ::# 1050 1570 (C2) {{#expr:1570/1050 round 2}}
  • ::# 1570 3000 (shunted L1, C1 C2) {{#expr:3000/1570 round 2}}
  • ::# 3000 5400 (shunted 0.1 L1, C1 C2) {{#expr:5400/3000 round 2}}
  • ::# 5400 8000 (shunted 0.01 L1, C1 C2) {{#expr:8000/5400 round 2}}
  • :: Which suggests that AE could do RDF on 7500 kHz
  • :: Loop, by itself (no shunt L) resonates at 1600 kHz.
  • :: Uses one USN-CKR-38233 / 1642 vacuum tube. (Dual triode): NOS-1642 / RK33 / 2C21
  • ::: https://tubedata.altanatubes.com.br/sheets/049/2/2C21.pdf
  • ::: https://tubedata.altanatubes.com.br/sheets/081/r/RK33.pdf
  • :: Power must be on in "R".
  • : http://aafradio.org/flightdeck/navigation.htm
  • http://www.tuberadio.com/robinson/Manuals/RA1B.pdf
  • http://www.iwm.org.uk/collections/item/object/30005350 Imperial War Museum has an RA-1B
  • https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/61_FuelSystem/61_FuelSystem.htm
  • : has pix of as delivered July 1936
  • :: ventral antenna; no dorsal antenna visible
  • : pix after Hooven mod Sept 1936
  • : pix before March 1937 departure with loop
  • https://earharttruth.wordpress.com/tag/amelia-earhart/page/5/ has some pix of Earhart with loop
  • https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?topic=1811.0
  • : The following is from East to the Dawn - the Life of Amelia Earhart by Susan Butler (page 387):
  • ::
    When Allen first arrived in Miami and caught up with Amelia at the airport, one of the first things he did was to go over the equipment list to see if there had been any changes since Oakland. he noted one change that he wasn't sure he approved of - the elimination of the marine frequency radio that operated on the 500-kilocycle bandwidth. "Oh," she said, "that was left off when Manning had to drop out of the flight. Both Fred Noonan and I know Morse code but we’re amateurs and probably would never be able to send and receive more than 10 words a minute …The marine frequency radio would have been just that much more dead weight to carry and we decided to leave it in California."
  • ::
    A new, powerful antenna had been installed to maximize the 6210 to be used during the day and the 3105-kilocycle frequency to be used at night. But Pan Am radio technicians decided to replace the antenna with yet another one after she was unable to communicate with either the local broadcasting station or with the Bureau of Air Commerce airways station at the field in a test flight. She planned to broadcast every half hour, fifteen minutes before and after the hour, all the way around the world.
  • :: https://books.google.com/books?id=YHvfZYvBCwkC&pg=PT436&lpg=PT436&hl=en
  • :: This change would have been by Pan Am technicians in Miami during the second world flight. It would change Gurr's antenna.
  • : Direction finder installed in Miami story.
  • https://earharttruth.wordpress.com/tag/howland-island/ Goerner; Manning leaves the flight after the ground loop
  • abstracts of the available literature on radio direction finding 1899-1965: https://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/800110.pdf
  • : JOHNSON. T., JR.. "Naval Aircraft Radio-Telegraphy." Proc. IRE, vol. 8, pp. 3-58 and pp. 87-134; February; Dine, USMI; April 1920. {{doi|10.1109/JRPROC.1920.220031}} ABSTRACT: The major part of this paper is taken up with a description of the various pieces of apparatus that have been developed by the U. S, Navy Department for use on aircraft, accompanied by excellent illustrations. In the second part an account is given of the types of wireless direction finder used on aeroplanes, flying boats, etc. The direction finder itself is of the directly movable frame aerial type, but is provided with an auxiliary winding at right angles to the main frame aerial. The method of use is similar to that known as the R.A.F. method, or Robinson's method, making use of the maximum signal in the same way. (a-3, b-l. c-l, d-l. e-0, f-Equipment description)
  • http://www.i1wqrlinkradio.com/antype/ch9/chiave1809.htm has an example of 3–30 MHz loop antenna (hula hoop size) with a shunt inductor for higher frequencies.
  • Navy Manual, Aircraft Radio Equipment (page 142 describe RA-1B)
  • https://archive.org/stream/AircraftRadioEquipment#page/n149/mode/2up
  • https://archive.org/stream/AircraftRadioEquipment#page/n81/mode/2up Trailing antenna is a vertical antenna.

== Flight to Hawaii ==

  • KGU (AM) 760 kHz
  • https://books.google.com/books?id=PJnFBwAAQBAJ&pg=PA26&lpg=PA26&hl=en Makapu'u Point Light, Historically Famous Lighthouses CG-232, US Coast Guard
  • https://archive.org/details/historicallyfamo00unit
  • https://uslhs.org/light_lists/lighthouse_list.php?id=644 Makapuu Point Light
  • https://npgallery.nps.gov/pdfhost/docs/NRHP/Text/79000759.pdf Kilauea Point Light

== Flight to Africa ==

Intended to reach Dakar, Senegal, but they ended up north of their desired position and went to Saint-Louis, Senegal instead. Noonan didn't know why. He passed a note.

=AE's book=

Oakland to Honolulu on first attempt:

: "Keep the Makapuu beacon ten degrees on the starboard bow," he [Fred Noonan] ordered.

: What he meant was that I should tune my Bendix radio direction finder to indicate the location of the beacon, and then head the plane as he directed. this was the first time I had used this recently developed Bendix instrument. On this Pacific hop it was one of the most interesting and valuable on board, performing perfectly.{{harvnb|Earhart|1937|p=64}}

Luke Field to Howland on first attempt:

: We had 900 gallons on board. That was as much as we carried comping from Oakland, although the contemplated distance to Howland was 600 miles shorter than the first leg of the journey.{{harvnb|Earhart|1937|p=70}}

Confusion about Quoting C. B. Allen, New York Herald Tribune.

p. 97 left Miami shortly after 6 AM. Tuned WQAM.

p98

6:30 AM Great Reef of the Bahama Banks

7:00 AM Andros Island

p 129 Natal to Saint Louis

: About midway we passed an Air France mail plane. Unfortunately I could not "talk" to it. The mail plane's radio equipment, I believe, is telegraphic code, while mine, at the moment, was exclusively voice telephone.

p 130

: Have tried get something on radio. No go. Rain, static.

p 217

: @ Darwin, by the way, we left the parachutes we had carried that far, to be shipped home. A parachute would not help over the Pacific.

p 223

: The monoplane is weighted with gasoline and oil to capacity.

  • {{cite book |last=Earhart |first=Amelia |authorlink=Amelia Earhart |editor-last=Putnam |editor-first=George Palmer |title=Last Flight |location=New York |publisher=Harcourt, Brace and Company |date=1937 |isbn=9780307715937 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iYCCg6I1vBwC&pg=PT57}}

=Navigation=

==Bubble octant==

There's a huge topic here.

Development. Byrd. P. V. H. Weems. Aircraft navigation in general. Noonan a student of Weems.

There's the octant versus sextant issue. Main source states octant, but there are several pictures that show instruments with a sextant label.

Anderson provides a schematic of a bubble sextant, but the scale implies octant.

The accuracy issue and the requirement for averaging.

Then there is what happened to the octant that Manning borrowed from the Navy. I think Long and Long had him return it before the second attempt.

Long p. 72: Noonan wanted an octant but had not obtained one. Commander Ragsdale asked North Island Naval Air Station in San Diego if one could be borrowed.

Long p. 73: The Secretary of the Navy approved the loan; Manning would have to sign for it.

Long p. 103: Manning, who was personally responsible for the loaned bubble octant, retrieved it from the rear of the Luke Field plane crash.

Warner gives a detailed history of the instrument.

Many companies are involved: Brandis, Bausch & Lomb, Pioneer, Keuffel & Esser, Bendix.

Victor Carbonara, an Italian designer hired by Brandis, designed the Brandis air octant Model 206 in 1925.

Warner page 97: "Carbonara realised that air navigators never measured angles greater than 90°, and so could use an octant rather than a sextant."

Warner page 104 speculates that Noonan used a Pioneer sextant.

  • {{cite book |last=Warner |first=Deborah |contribution=Celestial navigation aloft: aeronautical sextants in the US |pages=95–119 |series=Artefacts: Using Objects in Studies of the History of Science and Technology |volume=5 |title=Materializing the Military |editor1-last=Hacker |editor1-first=Bart |editor2-last=Finn |editor2-first=Bernard |isbn=978-1900747608 |publisher=Science Museum |date=15 August 2005 |access-date=2019-05-14 |chapter-url=http://www.artefactsconsortium.org/Publications/PDFfiles/Vol5Mil/5.07.Military-Warner,SextantsGr75ppiFFFWEBF%20-%20Copy.pdf}}
  • {{cite patent |country=US |patent-number=1703705 |title=Means for Determining Altitude |inventor-first=Karl H. |inventor-last=Beij |issue-date=1929-02-26 |ref=none}}
  • https://amhistory.si.edu/navigation/type.cfm?typeid=11

==Mapframe==

{

"type": "FeatureCollection",

"features": [

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [146.99583, -6.73306] },

"properties": {

"title": "Lae",

"description": "Lae Airfield",

"marker-symbol": "airport",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 157.000, -7.050] },

"properties": {

"title": "Choiseul Island",

"description": "Choiseul Island",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [159.400, -4.517] },

"properties": {

"title": "Nikumanu",

"description": "Nikumanu",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 165.333, -2.983] },

"properties": {

"title": "USS Ontario",

"description": "USS Ontario X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 174.800, -1.350] },

"properties": {

"title": "Tabiteuea",

"description": "Tabiteuea X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 175.967, -1.317] },

"properties": {

"title": "Beru Island",

"description": "Beru Island X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [176.450 , -1.350] },

"properties": {

"title": "Nikunau",

"description": "Nikunau X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ -176.616521, 0.807179] },

"properties": {

"title": "Howland Island",

"description": "Howland Island X",

"marker-symbol": "airfield",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [146.99583, -6.73306], [179.999, 0.056068] ] },

"properties": {

"title": "rhumb line east",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#ff0000"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [-180, 0.056068], [-176.616521, 0.807179] ] },

"properties": {

"title": "rhumb line west",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#ff0000"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [146.99583, -6.73306], [157.000, -7.050], [159.400, -4.517], [179.999, 0.056068] ] },

"properties": {

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [-179.99999, 0.056068], [-176.616521, 0.807179] ] },

"properties": {

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0

},

},

]

}

{

"type": "FeatureCollection",

"features": [

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [146.99583, -6.73306] },

"properties": {

"title": "Lae",

"description": "Lae Airfield",

"marker-symbol": "airport",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 157.000, -7.050] },

"properties": {

"title": "Choiseul Island",

"description": "Choiseul Island",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [159.400, -4.517] },

"properties": {

"title": "Nikumanu",

"description": "Nikumanu",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 165.333, -2.983] },

"properties": {

"title": "USS Ontario",

"description": "USS Ontario X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 174.800, -1.350] },

"properties": {

"title": "Tabiteuea",

"description": "Tabiteuea X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 175.967, -1.317] },

"properties": {

"title": "Beru Island",

"description": "Beru Island X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [176.450 , -1.350] },

"properties": {

"title": "Nikunau",

"description": "Nikunau X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 183.383479, 0.807179] },

"properties": {

"title": "Howland Island",

"description": "Howland Island X",

"marker-symbol": "airfield",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [146.99583, -6.73306], [179.999, 0.056068] ] },

"properties": {

"title": "rhumb line east",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#ff0000"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [180, 0.056068], [183.383479, 0.807179] ] },

"properties": {

"title": "rhumb line west",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#ff0000"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [146.99583, -6.73306], [157.000, -7.050], [159.400, -4.517], [179.999, 0.056068] ] },

"properties": {

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "LineString", "coordinates": [ [180, 0.056068], [183.383479, 0.807179] ] },

"properties": {

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0

},

},

]

}

{

"type": "FeatureCollection",

"features": [

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [146.99583, -6.73306] },

"properties": {

"title": "Lae",

"description": "Lae Airfield",

"marker-symbol": "airport",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 157.000, -7.050] },

"properties": {

"title": "Choiseul Island",

"description": "Choiseul Island",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [159.400, -4.517] },

"properties": {

"title": "Nikumanu",

"description": "Nikumanu",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 165.333, -2.983] },

"properties": {

"title": "USS Ontario",

"description": "USS Ontario X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 174.800, -1.350] },

"properties": {

"title": "Tabiteuea",

"description": "Tabiteuea X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ 175.967, -1.317] },

"properties": {

"title": "Beru Island",

"description": "Beru Island X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [176.450 , -1.350] },

"properties": {

"title": "Nikunau",

"description": "Nikunau X",

"marker-symbol": "museum",

"marker-size": "small",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "Point", "coordinates": [ -176.616521, 0.807179] },

"properties": {

"title": "Howland Island",

"description": "Howland Island X",

"marker-symbol": "airfield",

"marker-size": "large",

"marker-color": "0050d0"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "MultiLineString",

"coordinates": [

[ [146.99583, -6.73306], [179.999, 0.056068] ],

[ [-179.999, 0.056068], [-176.616521, 0.807179] ]

]

},

"properties": {

"title": "rhumb line",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#ff0000"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "MultiLineString",

"coordinates": [

[ [146.99583, -6.73306], [157.000, -7.050], [159.400, -4.517], [179.99, 0.056068] ],

[ [-179.99, 0.056068], [-176.616521, 0.807179] ]

]

},

"properties": {

"title": "path",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#0000ff",

},

},

]

}

Try a mapframe from mw:Help:Extension:Kartographer. Also mw:Extension:Kartographer.

https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7946

https://www.mapbox.com/maki-icons/

There are some problems with lines that cross the antimeridian.

On the ordinary display, the western hemisphere lines do not appear; click on the map and they appear.

I tried to game it with a longitude of 183, but it does not work.

Want to intersect (159.400, -4.517) to (183.383479, 0.807179) with the antemeridian.

Near the equator, the world is quasi flat; use linear interpolation to find the latitude:

:-4.517 + \frac{180 - 159.4}{183.383479 - 159.4}(0.807179 - -4.517) = 0.056068

But that does not do what I want either.

The ordinary page display works correctly now (both hemispheres display), but click on the map and the western hemisphere lines disappear.

Try using -179.999; does not help.

Also, Howland Island disappears.

Coordinates are messed up.

Using continuous coordinates (Riemann) confounds ordinary display but clicking gives good map.

Just shoot me.

GeoJSON suggests cutting geometry at the antemeridian instead of crossing it.

See [https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7946#section-3.1.9 RFC 7946 §3.1.9].

{{clear}}

== Isolated test ==

{{Tracked|T313615}}

Setting longitude to -179 or 179.

width=700 height=350

zoom=5

latitude=0 longitude=179>

{

"type": "FeatureCollection",

"features": [

{

"type": "Feature",

"properties":

{

"marker-symbol": "-number",

"marker-color": "46ea5f",

"marker-size": "medium"

},

"geometry":

{

"type": "Point",

"coordinates": [173.0, 1.5]

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"properties":

{

"marker-symbol": "-number",

"marker-color": "46ea5f",

"marker-size": "medium"

},

"geometry":

{

"type": "Point",

"coordinates": [-173.0, 1.5]

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"properties":

{

"marker-symbol": "-number",

"marker-color": "46ea5f",

"marker-size": "medium"

},

"geometry":

{

"type": "Point",

"coordinates": [187.0, -1.5]

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"properties":

{

"marker-symbol": "-number",

"marker-color": "46ea5f",

"marker-size": "medium"

},

"geometry":

{

"type": "Point",

"coordinates": [-187.0, -1.5]

}

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "MultiLineString",

"coordinates": [

[ [175.0, 1.5], [185.0, 1.5] ],

[ [175.0, 0.0], [179.99, 0.0] ],

[ [-179.99, 0.0], [-175.0, 0.0] ],

[ [-185.0, -1.5], [-175.0, -1.5] ],

]

},

"properties": {

"title": "test lines",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#ff0000"

},

},

{

"type": "Feature",

"geometry": { "type": "MultiLineString",

"coordinates": [

[ [175.0, -2.0], [179.99, -2.0] ],

[ [180.01, -2.0], [185.0, -2.0] ],

[ [185.0, -2.5], [180.01, -2.5] ],

[ [179.99, -2.5], [175.0, -2.5] ]

]

},

"properties": {

"title": "break continuous values",

"prop0": "value0",

"prop1": 0.0,

"stroke": "#0000ff"

},

},

],

}

{{clear}}

==Mumble==

The flight's route is not known. Although Earhart radioed her position from time to time, those reports are not clear.

Although taking a great circle route would minimize the distance traveled and presumably save fuel, there are other considerations.

Long & Long believe they deviated south to avoid some heavy weather.

Long supports his theory with a high altitude claim.

Long points to a typical 10 percent error in travel.

  • https://tighar.org/wiki/Air_Navigation:_State_of_the_Art_in_1937
  • {{cite patent |country-code=US |patent-number=1964012 |inventor1-last=Weems |inventor1-first=Philip Van Horn |inventor2-last=Gatty |inventor2-first=Harold C. |title=Speed and Drift Indicator |grant-date=25 June 1934 |ref=none}} (drift meter)
  • {{cite patent |country-code=US |patent-number=1970543 |inventor-last=Carbonara |inventor-first=Victor E. |title=Navigating Instrument |grant-date=21 August 1934 |ref=none}} (bubble octant)

One radio message copied the position as 157.

The position is too close to Lae to make sense. Long suggests it is the position as of the last fix.

Gary LaPook suggests the position is 150 7'.

  • http://davidkbowman.com/ADENDUMTOEUROPEANJOURNALOFNAVIGATION.pdf

LaPook is an attorney specializing in aircraft accidents; he is a celestial navigation instructor and former commercial airline pilot.{{cite journal |last=Dorminey |first=Bruce |date=10 November 2014 |title=Aircraft Fragment Likely Not Amelia Earhart's, Says Investigator |journal=Forbes |url=https://www.forbes.com/sites/brucedorminey/2014/11/10/aircraft-fragment-likely-not-earharts-says-investigator/#2425eb184bc7 |access-date=2018-05-27}} LaPook believes the crash and sink theory, and did not believe the aluminum found on Nikumaroro belonged to Earhart's Electra. He believes that if Earhart were south of Howland, the weather was clear, Noonan could have taken a fix, and they could have headed for the closer Howland rather than far away Gardner.

Van Asten takes that much further. That Noonan, instead of taking a great circle, went island hopping. Although the Pacific is vast, there are islands and reefs. During daylight, if one sees an island, then one knows his position without doing any difficult celestial navigation.

Instead of taking the shortest route, a great circle route, (and fighting the weather), Earhart flew toward landmarks that could be used for navigation.

Van Asten believes the Electra was at Nukumanu Islands with a firm navigation fix around dusk.

At night, one can take some star fixes to determine position, but one can also look for lights on islands.

On June 30, Earhart received from Nauru:https://tighar.org/wiki/Nauru

:New Nauru fixed light 0.32°S, 16.55°E [sic 166.93 or 166 55'], 5000 candlepower, 5600 [sic – 560] above sea level, visible from ships to naked eye at 34 miles. Also, there will be a bright lighting all night on island from phosphate field workings. Weather 8AM: Baro 29.908, therm 84, wind SE at 3, fine but cloudy, sea smooth to moderate.

Need to check the message.

The gross longitude error is easy to recognize.

The fine error might be convention, but should also be easy to resolve: Nauru is a few miles wide; an error of 0.5 degree is 30 miles.

The 5600 feet was an error; the height is only {{convert|560|ft|m}}.https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?PHPSESSID=ngmi0j2ocn7p4q4c4scc8fknk5&action=dlattach;topic=1606.0;attach=8705;image 171 meters with 8-second period. Visible 15 nmi? Replaced in mid 1930s with fixed light. https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?topic=1606.15

The beacon height would give Nauru steep sides: a few miles wide and a mile tall.

That could have some impact on visibility, but at 10,000 feet, the light would be visible from XXX miles.

Clouds could obscure it.

The 34 miles is due to the beacon's height and the height of a typical bridge.

At 132 (4 times as far), the light intensity would be 1/16th. Binoculars would make up for inverse square loss, but not for scattering loss.

Van Asten believes Noonan would have headed for Nauru; if they saw the loom of the industrial lights or the beacon, then they could use it for a line of position.

Nauru is enough out of the way that they would not fly all the way to the island.

At some point before reaching Nauru, they would turn west to head toward Howland.

If they saw the island's light, it would be a bonus.

Van Asten believes Noonan would have chosen a latitude line course.

It would be easy to stay on a latitude line by making simple star sights.

Van Asten speculates that Noonan would have chosen a latitude line that take them over either Nikunau or Beru Island.

Question: looking for lights or visible at morning twilight?

Twelve degrees is almost an hour, which is almost 1000 miles.

I think the islands are only 500 miles away (three hours of flying).

But sunrise and 100 miles from Howland does not fit; that puts the islands two hours back.

File:Twilight-dawn subcategories.svg

There are three versions of twilight: civil, nautical, and astronomical.{{cite web |title=Twilight, Dawn, and Dusk |date=n.d. |website=TimeAndDate.com |url=https://www.timeanddate.com/astronomy/different-types-twilight.html |access-date=2018-05-27}} They occur when the center of the sun is less than 6, 12, or 18 degrees below the horizon.

The calculation looks close.

Civil twilight is probably only 20 minutes (5 degrees at 15 degrees per hour).

Nautical twilight (when most stars can be seen) would be another 25 minutes.

When did O'Kane submerge?

LaPook points out a star fix was unlikely. Earhart reported overcast at 2:45 AM, so a star fix was out.

Van Asten claims the project times match up well (but he can fiddle with the air speed to make them come out right).

Van Asten claims one fix was reported before it could have been made.

Need to understand that argument.

He offers some explanation about navigators doing their homework (precomputing some values) so they don't have to do the work during the flight.

Locations from reports. Here's a quotation:Bill Prymak, radio experts analyze Amelia Earhart’s bizarre radio behavior during her last flight

By earharttruth on September 16, 2014, https://earharttruth.wordpress.com/2014/09/16/bill-prymak-radio-experts-analyze-amelia-earharts-bizarre-radio-behavior-during-her-last-flight/

:: Amelia’s first intelligible message wasn’t received at Lae until more than four hours after her departure. At 2:18 p.m., Lae radio operator Harry Balfour heard, “HEIGHT 7000 FEET SPEED 140 KNOTS and a remark that sounded like “EVERYTHING OKAY.’” Balfour sent weather reports until 5:20 p.m., but none were acknowledged by Amelia. At 3:19 p.m., she reported, “HEIGHT 10000 FEET POSITION 150.7 east 7.3 south CUMULUS CLOUDS EVERYTHING OKAY.” At 5:18 p.m. (0718 GMT), her position was “4.33 SOUTH 159.7 EAST HEIGHT 8000 FEET OVER CUMULUS CLOUDS WIND 23 KNOTS.” This put the Electra just southwest of the Nukumanu Islands, on track about one-third of the way on course to Howland.

Table of locations and projected times.

Radio schedule with Lae would be 18 minutes past the hour. Find reference.

AE not heard for 4 hours. Why?

AE would be on daytime frequency.

When did she announce switch? Lae was upset because she came in loud and clear.

Radio schedule with Itasca was...

Itasca picked her up during the night on...

Near Howland, AE switched freqs and never heard on new freq. (Long surmises instant of gasoline problems.)

class="wikitable"
LocationCoordinatesTimeComments
Lae Airfield{{Coord|06|43|59|S|146|59|45|E|type:airport|format=dec}}0000Zorigin
scheduled radio0018Z 10:18AM Laenot heard
scheduled radio0118Z 11:18AM Laenot heard
scheduled radio0218Z 12:18PM Laenot heard
scheduled radio0318Z 1:18PM Laenot heard
Harehare, Shortland Island{{Coord
7.1393391|155.7942539|format=dec}}0418Z 2:18PM LaeVan Asten guess
Earhart radio msg{{Coord|7.3|S|150.7|E|format=dec}}0519Z 3:19PM LaeBalfour
Choiseul Island{{Coord|7|3|S|157|0|E|format=dec}}LaPook, Van Asten
Earhart radio msg{{Coord|4.33|S|159.7|E|format=dec}}0718Z 5:18PM LaeBalfour
Nukumanu Islands{{Coord|4|31|S|159|24|E|format=dec}}
Nauru radio1030ZNauru radio received "Ship in sight ahead" at 1030Z.https://tighar.org/wiki/Nauru
{{USS|Ontario|AT-13|6}}{{Coord|2|59|S|165|20|E|format=dec}}1030ZTIGHAR 100 knot GC routehttps://tighar.org/wiki/File:Flight-section-two.jpg
MV Myrtlebank{{Coord|2|20|S|167|10|E|format=dec}}1030ZTIGHAR 130 knot GC route
Nauru{{coord|0|32|S|166|56|E|format=dec}}Van Asten
long run
Tabiteuea{{coord|1|21|S|174|48|E|format=dec}}Van Asten
Beru Island{{coord|1|19|S|175|58|E|format=dec}}Van Asten
Nikunau{{coord|1|21|S|176|27|E|format=dec}}Van Asten
head to Howland
Cross DatelineJuly 3 back to July 2
Earhart radio"200 miles out"6:14AM Itascaradio log
Earhart radio"100 miles out"6:45AM Itascaradio log
Howland Island{{Coord|0.807179|N|176.616521|W|format=dec}}destination

Lae.

Harehare.

Nikumanu.

Although a great circle route or a rhumb line route is the direct approach, several authors have suggested other routes.

Long believes Earhart flew south of the great circle route to avoid some weather.

Van Asten believes, "Noonan preferred to fly via as many as possible identifiable landmarks, islands and other contingent aids to navigation, to avoid the hazard of going astray from a long (2,556 mls, 4,113km) great circle route, partially to be flown in adverse weather."{{Harvnb|van Asten|2008|p=25}}

Van Asten believes the route was Lae to Ghaghara, Choisel Island.addendum From there to Nikumanu Islands (where there would still be light to see the islands). From there, the flight would head toward Nauru Island. Nauru has a lighthouse, and van Asten believes the light would be visible from far away.

"Nauru (visual range 135 mis from 12,000 ft) when Amelia announced to have the glare of the island's industrial lights and the 560 feet high fixed light in sight."{{harvnb|van Asten|2008|p=25}} Van Asten believes Earhart would have turned due East before reaching Nauru. By traveling on the 1 degree 23'S meridian, navigation would be simplified. Star fixes could be used to stay on the meridian, and the route would pass over Tabiteuea, Beru, and Nikunau in the morning. From Nikunau, Earhart would head to Howland Island.

Where is Howland Island?

Actual.

AE thought:{{harvnb|van Asten|2008|p=25}}

: By consulting Lippincott's Atlas of the World at the Hydrographic Office in the beginning of 1937, navigational consultant C. Williams copied the Howland coordinates 176°43'-W; 00°49'-N which is a position 5.8 mls westwards of the true coordinates pair (176°38'-W;00°48'-N).

Do they fit in with sighting the ship?

Then Earhart would know her position and be able to head for Howland, a hop of less than 400 miles.

Flying with dead reckoning, the error near Howland would be 40 miles.

At sunrise, they would know they were on a sun line, but it would not tell them much about north or south.

It also seems that no observation need be done beyond recognizing the break of dawn and noting the time.

One could measure the azimuth, but I think a small error there translates to huge distances.

After sunrise, the sun can still be used for further sun lines.

The easy method is just advance the sun line by the distance you think the plane has traveled.

At 200 miles out, the error might be 20 miles.

  • https://tighar.org/smf/index.php/topic,169.203.html

Gary LaPook and H. A. C. van Asten disagree.

LaPook says don't bother reading Van Asten's EJN articles.

They get into a navigation debate.

LaPook fails to understand the difference between measuring the upper limb of the sun (first light) and the central position of the sun.

The sun subtends about 1 degree, so the error is significant.

They also debate the use of instruments.

Apparently the sextant always matches the lower limb because that method is the best for accuracy.

One just adjusts the sextant to put the lower limb at the horizon.

The bubble octant is apparently different. One probably centers a star on the bubble or the bubble on the sun or moon.

Consequently, Van Asten seems to have the better arguments.

Van Asten did make an error, but that error does not destroy the rest of his argument.

There's a debate about the equation of time that needs more investigation.

Van Asten seems to wave off altitude considerations.

Is taking a shot at 1000 feet the same as at sea level?

Van Asten implies altitude is an issue, but thinks it does not affect the calculation significantly?

Plug in numbers at USNO.

  • http://aa.usno.navy.mil/data/docs/celnavtable.php

Find a text about computing sun lines.

Calculate the sun position for plausible locations.

Moon was not up.

File:Sunrise-Sunset angle.svg (or sunset) shows the effects of atmospheric refraction.]]

At time of sunrise for Howland (1745 UTC), the sun is about 1 degree below the horizon.

  • [http://aa.usno.navy.mil/cgi-bin/aa_flamenav.pl?ID=AA&calc=7&qq1=1937&qq2=7&qq3=2&qq4=17&qq5=45&qq6=0&qqo=all&yy0=1&yy1=0&yy2=48.4&xx0=-1&xx1=176&xx2=37&ZZZ=END Hc=-0 deg 54']

NASA says the subtended angle is 0.53 degrees. https://er.jsc.nasa.gov/seh/math30.html

See Sunrise; apparent sunrise when 50' below horizon, so the calculation fits.

The error above is 4 arcminutes, but I did not use the most accurate coordinates.

The sun moves at 360 degrees/24 hour, 15 deg/hour, 15 arcminutes/minute. The 4 arcminute error is about 15 second error.

One degree is about 60 nm, so one arcminute is about 1 mile.

1000 mph is 16 mi/min or 0.25 mi / sec; 16 seconds would be a 4 mile error.

The USNO website wants position at sea level.

Itasca log (not the radio log): http://coastguard.dodlive.mil/files/2012/07/Earhart_001.jpg

This document gives 6:14 as 200 miles out, and then 6:45 position as 100 miles out -- an absurd 200 miles/hour.

Long is not concerned with that discrepancy.

TIGHAR tries to explain the discrepancy away, but at 200 miles out, sunrise would not have happened yet, so position would be dead reckoning.

The next transmission could have seen sunrise within the last half hour (transmission schedule).

Sunrise would be 80 miles off the line. Wait: 1 hour is 1000 miles. One minute is 16 miles.

If 200 miles out, then sunrise delayed {{#expr:(200-80)/16}} minutes;

if 100 miles out, then sunrise delayed {{#expr:(100-80)/16}} minutes.

Sort of makes sense: sun moving at 1000 mph means 200 miles is only 1/5 of an hour.

Would expect report to say 200 miles out; then, 1/2 hour later at 150 mph, to say 125 miles out.

Subsequent sun fix may have improved the position estimate by 25 miles.

If 100 miles out, then 1/2 hour later (7:15), should be 25 miles out.

The 7:45 report would be on the line in either case (except for winds aloft issue that would leave them short).

But if we are talking nautical miles, then things are slightly different.

The Coast Guard believed Earhart and Noonan went down northeast of Howland.

The sky was clear at Howland, but Earhart reported clouds.

That explains why she was flying at 1000 feet: to stay below the clouds.

The Coast Guard believed the only clouds were to the northeast.

The Itasca was making significant smoke.

Earhart could not hear Itasca, so Itasca could not tell them the sky was clear around Howland.

=Eleanor Roosevelt=

Henry Morgenthau Jr. was a neighbor and friend of Franklin D. Roosevelt. He was Secretary of the Treasury from 1934 to 1945. At that time, United States Coast Guard was under the Treasury Department.

Paul Mantz wrote to first lady Eleanor Roosevelt on 26 April 1938 and asked for her assistance in obtaining Itasca's radio logs and its report about Earhart. Mantz knew that the first lady and Earhart had friends. Eleanor forwarded Mantz' letter to Morgenthau on 10 May 1938. Morgenthau called Eleanor Roosevelt on 13 May 1938, but she was not in, so Morgenthau talked with Eleanor's secretary, Malvina "Tommy" Scheider.{{harvnb|Jameson|2016|p=113}} Morgenthau stated:{{harvnb|Jameson|2016|p=114}}

Hello, Tommy. How are you? This letter that Mrs. Roosevelt wrote me about trying to get the report on Amelia Earhart. Now, I've been given a verbal report. If we're going to relase this, it's just going to smear the whole reputation of Amelia Earhart, and my ... Yes, but I mean if we give it to this one man we've got to make it public; we can't let one man see it. And if we ever release the report of the Itasca on Amelia Earhart, any reputation she's got is gone, because — and I'd like to — I'd really like to return this to you.

Now, I know what Navy did, I know what the Itasca did, and I know how Amelia Earhart absolutely disregarded all orders, and if we ever release this thing, goodbye Amelia Earhart's reputation. Now, really — because if we give the access to one, we have to give it to all. And my advice is that — and if the President ever heard that somebody questioned that the Navy hadn't made the proper search, after what those boys went through — I think they searched, as I remember it, 50,000 square miles, and every one of those planes was out, and the boys just burnt themselves out physically and every other way searching for her. And if — I mean I think he'd get terribly angry if somebody — because they just went to the limit, and so did the Coast Guard. And we have the report of all those wireless messages and everything else, what that woman — happened to her the last few minutes. I hope I've just go to never make it public, I mean — O.K. — Well, still if she wants it, I'll tell her — I mean what happened. It isn't a very nice story. Well, yes. There isn't anything additional to something like that. You think up a good one. Thank you.

In addition, there was an undated note on White House stationery sent to Mrs. Roosevelt:{{harvnb|Jameson|2016|p=115}}

Mr. Morgenthau says that he can't give out any more information that was given to the papers at the time of the search of Amelia Earhart. It seems they have confidential information which would absolutely ruin the reputation of Amelia Earhart and which he will tell you personally at a time when you wish to hear it.

He suggests writing this man [Mantz] and telling him that the President is satisfied from his information , and you are too, that everything possible was done.

On 14 May, Eleanor Roosevelt sent Mantz a letter that followed that suggestion:

I have made inquiries about the search which was made for Amelia Earhart and both the President and I are satisfied that the information which we have received that everything possible was done. We are sure that a very thorough search was made.

On 5 July, Morgenthau told Eleanor Roosevelt that the government would release the Itasca radio logs to Mantz. On 21 July, Coast Guard Rear Admiral R. R. Wesche (*** check USCG Commandant) sent Mantz the logs.{{harvnb|Jameson|2016|p=116}}

=Search=

{{USS|Colorado|BB-45|2}} arrived a week after and searched with its planes.

::"When Captain Friedell of the {{USS|Colorado|BB-45|2}} rendezvoused with the {{USCGC|Itasca|1929|2}} at daybreak on Wednesday, July 7, and was able to confer directly with Commander Thompson, he became aware for the first time of the emotional content of Earhart's final messages. He learned then that the men listening on the Itasca believed Earhart when she said she was running low on fuel and had only a half hour left. From the strength of her radio signals, Captain Thompson believed Earhart came down within 100 miles of Howland."{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|p=229}}

{{USS|Lexington|CV-2|2}} arrived on the morning of 13 July 1937 and launched 60 planes for the search. Stopped search 5 days later (28 July). The group had searched 262,281 square miles.{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|pp=228–229}}

Coast Guard Captain Thompson wrote its commandant Rear Admiral Russell R. Waesche on 18 October 1937, "As regards the search, I was very sanguine up to the time the Lockheed people stated that her pane could not possibly be landed without crashing and sinking."{{harvnb|Long|Long|1999|pp=235, 289}}

=Fuel consumption=

Gas on board is an issue for the Lae, New Guinea, to Howland Island leg of {{convert|2556|mi|nmi km}}.

There are three different fuel amounts that are claimed. News reports shortly after the disappearance say 950 gallons, Earhart told local authorities about 1000 gallons, and Chater says about 1100 gallons.

The airplane capacity is 1150 gallons. A 950 gallon figure is had by filling all but the two front wing tanks (97 gallons each). A 1000 gallon figure is filling all but the two front wing tanks and including 50 gallons of 107? octane full that remained in one of the front wing tanks. The 1100 gallon figure is filling all the tanks except for one front wing tank that had 50 gallons of 107 octane fuel. A consistent figure is 1000 gallons. In addition, Earhart did not want extra weight (an extra 100 gallons weighs 600 pounds), and Putnam stated that Earhart was practicing take offs with 1000 gallons. (The map in Earhart's book gives the figure as ????.)

Long also accounts for fuel expansion.

How is the 900 gallon Hawaii figure reached? Don't fill one of the 149 gallon tanks and don't fill one of the 100 gallon tanks.

On the first world flight attempt, Earhart used 900 gallons for the Oakland to Honolulu leg of {{convert|2400|mi|nmi km}}. The estimate was that gave a safety margin of 40%. When Earhart took off from Luke Airfield on the Honolulu to Howland leg of {{convert|1900|mi|nmi km}}, she also had 900 gallons on board (and two other passengers).

If she didn't put any gasoline in the front wing tanks, she'd be about 200 gallons below the max, or 951. Put 50 gallons in one wing tank and don't fill the 70 gallon rear tank?

How much for Natal, Brazil, to St. Louis, Senegal {{convert|1727|mi|nmi km}}?

Earhart told officials at Lae that she would probably carry 1000 gallons.{{cite news |title=Earhart Mystery May Have Run Out Of Gas |date=February 7, 1989 |first=R. C. |last=Longworth |journal=Chicago Tribune |url=http://articles.chicagotribune.com/1989-02-07/news/8903030515_1_howland-island-amelia-earhart-royal-air-force |quote=}}

Longworth quotes Nesbit's articles in January and February 1989{{cite journal |last=Nesbit |first=Roy |title=What Did Happen to Amelia Earhart? |journal=Aeroplane Monthly |issn=0143-7240 |date=January 1989 |volume= |issue= |pages= }}

: Nesbit`s article, ``What Did Happen to Amelia Earhart?`` appears in two parts in the January and February issues of a British magazine, Aeroplane Monthly. Nesbit, 67, a navigator for the Royal Air Force in World War II, has written seven books on air history in recent years.

: But Nesbit argues that there is no evidence that Earhart had a camera aboard. Under any conditions, he says, she could not have reached Mili. The reason, he says, is in documents at the Public Records Office in London. Lae, where she took off, was in Australian-controlled territory. Because Australia was part of the British Commonwealth, she needed British permission for the flight.

: In a letter at the Office to the British Director of Civil Aviation, Earhart applied for permission and said that, for the Lae-Howland leg, ``I shall carry probably 1,000 gallons of gasoline.``

: This was less than the full load of 1,150 gallons, but even 1,000 gallons put a strain on the plane. Earhart`s husband, George Putnam, said she was practicing takeoffs with up to 1,000 gallons. Journalists at Lae, quoting Noonan, said Earhart took off with 950 gallons, according to contemporary accounts in the British Museum Newspaper Library in London.

Black states (also believes crash and sink):{{cite news |first=Daniel F. |last=Gilmore |date=June 18, 1982 |work=UPI |title=Did Amelia Earhart run out of gas? |url=https://www.upi.com/Archives/1982/06/18/Did-Amelia-Earhart-run-out-of-gas/9315393220800/}}

: Miss Earhart was supposed to have made a refueling stop at Howland where a work force under Black's command had built a makeshift landing strip and had 18 drums of aviation fuel available.

18 55-gallon drums is {{#expr:18*55}} gallons. She could assume there would be fuel left in her tanks when she landed.

Chater says she had 1100 gallons, but that is based on his belief that all tanks being full except for a half-full wing tank with 100 octane fuel.

TIGHAR states (diagram also shows position of transmitter):{{cite web |last=TIGHAR |title=The Fuel System of NR16020 |date=November 1, 2011 |publisher=TIGHAR |series=Earhart Project Research Bulletin |url=https://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/61_FuelSystem/61_FuelSystem.htm}}

:When delivered, the airplane had a total of 13 separate fuel tanks:

:*Each wing had three tanks – 16 gallons, 81 gallons and 100 gallons.

:*In the cabin, forward of the Main Beam were two tall 118 gallon tanks.

:*Behind the Main Beam were five shorter tanks – 3 @ 149 gallons, 1 @ 70 gallons, and 1 @ 51 gallons [the 51 gallon is not shown and may be an error]

Total capacity (using 102 gallon wing tanks): {{#expr:16+16+81+81+102+102+118+118+149+149+149+70}}

Pretty clear that one front wing tank (capacity 81+16 gallons) was half full, then there would be about 1100 gallons. If the other front wing tank were also empty, the plane would have about 1000 gallons.

Leaving 100 gallons at Lae saves 600 pounds.

Tne Navy considered the fuel consumption of Earhart's plane.

Economical airspeed was 130 knots (150 mph) and burning 45.8 gallons per hour and 24 hours of endurance.

At 140 knots (161 mph) the plane would burn 53 gallons per hour and have 20.75 hours of endurance.{{Harvnb|Long|Long|1999|p=225}}. Notes on page 289 cite the search report of the Lexington.

Calculation checks: economical range is {{#expr:150 * (1100/45.8) round 1}} miles; fast range is {{#expr:161 * (1100/53) round 1}}

{{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=233}} interpret Kelly Johnson's fuel consumption information, determined the average airspeed was 160.5 mph, and the endurance to be a little over 20.5 hours.

{{Harvtxt|Long|Long|1999|p=232}} buttresses the 1/2 hour of fuel statement. Thompson and seven other people confirmed the statement, and there were three contemporary written records: the two radio logs and some handwritten notes by United Press correspondent Howard Hanzlik.

Is there a simple way of doing this? Or is that what Elgen Long did? Effective distance is increased by headwind. 25 knots * 20 hours is another 500 nm. (nm v statute m issue.) At 140 knots, that's another {{#expr:500/140 round 1}} hours at 53 gph or {{#expr:53*500/140 round 1}} gallons. The flight leg of 2556 miles at 150 mph would take {{#expr: 2556/150 round 1}} hours and {{#expr: 45.8 * 2556 / 150 round 1}} gallons.

Kelly Johnson predicted a 40% reserve on the Oakland to Hawaii flight, but there was a tailwind.

Earhart predicted the flight would be 18 hours.; Lae sent Itasca this message for Richard Black:

: URGENT BLACK ITASCA -

: AMELIA EARHART LEFT LAE TEN AM LOCAL TIME JULY 2ND, DUE HOWLAND ISLAND 18 HOURS TIME.

That would mean hitting the sun line about dawn? Check: Lae 10 AM is 0000GMT advance 18 is 1800GMT subtract 11.5 is 0630 Itasca. Close to sunrise at 6:15 Itasca time. The 18 hour flight time would mean {{convert|{{#expr:2556/18}}|mph|kn}}.

David K. Bowman's website.

  • {{cite journal |first=H. A. C. |last=van Asten |title=Where to Search for the Earhart Lockheed Electra |journal=European Journal of Navigation |volume=6 |issue=2 |pages=24–31 |date=July 2008 |issn=1571-473X}} (There are additions.)
  • {{cite journal |first=H. A. C. |last=van Asten |title=Frederick Noonan Precomputed a Running Sunset Fix for Amelia Earhart's Flight from New Guinea to Howland, July 2, 1937 |journal=European Journal of Navigation |volume=9 |issue=1 |pages=28–32 |date=April 2011 |issn=1571-473X}}
  • {{cite journal |first=H. A. C. |last=van Asten |title=Headwinds Aloft, Destination not sighted. Could the Earhart–Noonan Crew flying from New Guinea reach other Pacific Islands from the Vicinity of Howland and Baker? |journal=European Journal of Navigation |volume=9 |issue=3 |pages=40–45 |date=December 2011 |issn=1571-473X}}

General coverage of theories

  • {{Cite journal |first=Richard G. |last=Strippel |title=Researching Amelia: A detailed summary for the serious researcher into the disappearance of Amelia Earhart |journal=Air Classics |volume=31 |issue=11 |pages=12–20, 50–69? |date=November 1995 |issn=0002-2241 |oclc=723409375}}

Upper limb issue

  • https://tighar.org/smf/index.php?topic=440.45;wap
  • https://tighar.org/smf/index.php/topic,169.120.html
  • https://tighar.org/smf/index.php/topic,169.203.html (claimed admission at 204: "Yes I made some arithmatic error somewhere here , but not in the other calculations." does not resolve other, more important, issues.)

=Gardner Island hypothesis=

  • https://news.nationalgeographic.com/2017/07/amelia-earhart-disappearance-theories-spd/ three theories; splash and sink

Bendix / Hooven guy was among the first to raise the possibility. He noticed the radiolocation of the post loss transmissions. He discarded the theory after the flyover didn't find a plane.

If one believes the GIH, then one must account for the fuel. If the plane were flown at economical speed, then it would have 24 hours of endurance. Kelly Johnson recommended flying at economical speed even when confronting a 25 (mph or knot) headwind. Without headwind, Earhart could make the flight in 18 hours and have 6 hours of fuel remaining. With a 25 knot headwind, Earhart flew another 500 nmi. That could add 4 hours to the trip time, but it only took another 2 hours. Therefore, Earhart flew 10 percent faster than economical speed. Also the detour to avoid weather. But economical speed also varies. Look at Johnson's report. Earhart radio messages imply Johnson's recommendations were not followed. High altitude early. High speed early. Density altitude; speed reports. In particular, one must counter Earhart's statement about 1/2 hour of fuel remaining. TIGHAR suggests the 1/2 hour of fuel remark was until they had to start using the reserve. TIGHAR also points out the plane was still transmitting an hour later; other point out a shift to maximum endurance would increase time aloft. TIGHAR also argues that Earhart did not waste time searching for Howland but immediately went for Baker and then the Phoenix group. Witnesses comment about Earhart's stress being consistent with running out of fuel.

If one believes the transmission on XXX came from Earhart on Gardner Island, then one must explain the plane staying on the island for 6 days and then disappearing in the time from last transmission to flyover. Bendix / Hooven guy discarded the theory for that reason; he later adopted the Japanese took the plane.

If one adopts the Japanese took the plane, then one must explain why. The Japanese could be heroes for finding her. If the plane was in the Phoenix Islands, then it would be an unlikely spying mission. If Earhart had film, then the Japanese could confiscate the film and still be heroes. Earhart's path went over.... Also, daytime photography would be observed; nighttime photography may not show much. Why would the Japanese be around Gardner a week after the crash while the US was conducting an intensive search?

If one believes the (non-native) skeleton is Earhart, then one must account for the failure to remark about the presence of surgical holes in the skull. Earhart had two holes made to relieve sinus issues.

If one believes the Lockheed made it Gardner, then one must explain why Howland was not seen. AE was flying at 1000 feet presumably due to cloud cover, but the sky was clear at Howland. If AE had come south from the known clouds, the sky would have cleared, she would have climbed to get a better horizon, and then Howland should have been seen. Consider Itasca making smoke and image shown in one AE book.

Was the Navy was right? Navigation put her too far north, so she was just circling there? If she had headed to the Phoenix Islands, she would have seen Howland (smoke) or Baker (low to the sea).

Any event seems to say a significant navigation error. Too far north and stuck in the clouds, or too far west so cannot see island even in clear weather.

Other people are possible castaways. The shipwreck lost 11 crew, but only four bodies were recovered.

If one believes the shoe is hers, then one must account for the shoe being size 9 while Earhart wore size 6.

If one believes the aluminum piece is from the Electra, one must account for the non-1937 aluminum grade and that the hole pattern fits a WW II plane.

Wasn't there a WW II plane crash? TIGHAR had said that a plane was visible on the island.

Fuel and flying time is an issue for the hypothesis. Earhart left Lae at midnight GMT. The "WE MUST BE ON YOU" transmission was at 7:42 am Itasca time, which would be 20:12 GMT — a little over 20 hours into the flight. If the plane followed Kelly Johnson's schedule with 1100 gallons of gasoline, then the Electra would still have four hours of fuel on board. That would be enough to make it to Gardner Island, which was a little over 2 hours away at 150 knots. However, Earhart's message also stated the plane was running low on gas and that there was only half an hour left. One explanation is that the Electra had only a half hour before it would start using its reserve supply. Certainly the plane was still in the sky an hour later when the last known transmission at 8:43 am was heard.

Speed over ground would be {{convert|{{#expr:2556/20}}|mph|kn kph}}.

Expected flying time at 150 mph would be {{#expr:2556/150 round 1}} hours.

Expected flying time at 150 kn would be {{#expr:2221/150 round 1}} hours.

Suggests headwind of 40 kn. Knew it was 27 knots at one point.

One alternative is to step on the gas.

Did they want to be over Howland before dawn at 6:15?

Leaving at midnight, flying for 16 hours, would put them precisely at dawn.

Half an hour before dawn would be 75 nmi away and right at the horizon.

They believed they were 200 nmi out at dawn.

Flight from Oakland to Hawaii was 16 hours.

Speed {{convert|{{#expr:2400/16}}|mph|kn kph}} (distance is 2400 miles).

=References=

{{reflist|30em}}

  • {{cite web |first=Carl |last=Hoffman |author-link=Carl Hoffman |title=Has Amelia Earhart Really Been Found? |date=3 April 2018 |url=https://www.outsideonline.com/2291341/has-amelia-earhart-finally-been-found |publisher=Outside Online |quote=But the castaway theory is full of holes. Nikumaroro lies 350 nautical miles south of Howland, and Earhart herself reported that she was running out of fuel near the island. Those radio transmissions supposedly picked up by random people thousands of miles away? None have been verified as coming from Earhart. Navy search planes flew over Nikumaroro a week after her disappearance and saw nothing related to the aviator: not a human, not an airplane or the debris of one, not a smoke signal, not an SOS written with palm fronds. |access-date=21 May 2018}} Also doubts Jantz and quotes Jantz.
  • {{cite book |last=Jameson |first=W. C. |author-link=W. C. Jameson |title=Amelia Earhart: Beyond the Grave |publisher=Taylor Trade Publishing |location=Lanham, Maryland |date=2016 |isbn=9781589799905}}
  • {{cite book |first1=Elgen M. |last1=Long |author-link=Elgen Long |first2=Marie K. |last2=Long |title=Amelia Earhart: The Mystery Solved |date=4 November 1999 |publisher=Simon & Schuster |isbn=978-0684860053}}
  • https://archive.org/stream/Amelia-Earhart/EHDOS#page/n49/mode/2up See page 51 for critique of Goerner.
  • : Also page 81: R. Kotsla, "Information on the Amelia Earhart Putnam Disappearance in 1937, Summary of"
  • :: (1)(f) On 6 October 1943, CNI summarized the circumstances of Mrs. Putnam's disappearance as follows: "Gilberts were searched and British authorities there assisted in check up on all inhabited islands in vicinity. Mandates were not searched but Japs were cooperative (or appeared to be). Coast Guard cutter at destination (Howland Island) copied Earhart's transmissions and were convinced that she made emergency landing at sea within about 100 miles of Howland Baker. (Her last transmissions were tragic and near hysterical--impounded by Coast Guard Command at Honolulu). Studied conclusion at end of exhaustive search by Colorado, Swan, Itasca and Lexington planes (900,000 sq.miles) was that plane landed at sea and most probably went down with a rush and with crew inside. 20 kn headwind throughout flight from Lae and Earharts inability to "get a minimum" on her radio compass bearings of Itasca's transmissions appeared to be direct cause of her failure to reach island. Best data available from plane manufacturer convinced me that she did not have any margin of fuel whatever."
  • https://pacificwrecks.com/aircraft/electra/earhart/

Stable merge

  • http://epubs.siam.org/doi/abs/10.1137/0206025
  • Optimal Stable Merge, {{doi|10.1093/comjnl/38.8.681}}

[[Mark 14 torpedo]]

File:Torpedo production US WWII.jpg

:There should be a list of all the torpedo faults.

:: (Major) Torpedoes ran deep.

:: (Major) MI device did not work.

:: (Major) Contact exploder did not work. (Only appeared after MI disabled. Contact failures masked by MI prematures.)

:: Prematures

::: explode right after arming. Torpedo turning implies field change, so MI could fire.

::: explode just before hitting the ship. Probably MI detects hull and explodes instead of contact.

:: Torpedo bubble track does not imply should have hit.

::: myth? Or captain was right but torpedos ran too deep.

:: Duds

:: Circular runs

:: Designers put a generator beneath the core rod.

:: The seals leak. If a torpedo spent 15 minutes in the tube, it was done.

::: Did Chappell have a story about this? Tighten packing.

:Testing.

:: There were a lot of tests.

:: Electric eye meant something else in the 1920s.

: There should be section on BuOrd statistics.

:: Also Lockwood never provided (motivated) expert to BuOrd. {{harvtxt|Newpower|2006}} makes a big deal of this, but would it have much effect? Lockwood's crew was very motivated. Did they dive on the cliffs and recover the dud? Yes. {{harv|Shireman|1998}}

:: Storage: exploder uncocked but armed. I think this means no tension on the firing pin (balls not engaged) and armed puts the primer further away from the pin.

:: Firing: exploder cocked but unarmed. Tension on firing pin, but housing must spin to release it.

:: Can we estimate arming distance?

:There should be a section about inability to produce torpedoes at a reasonable rate.

:: Number of submarines in the fleet. (S-boats don't count; they used shorter Mark 10s.)

:::: 6 Salmon-class submarine (1938)

:::: 10 Sargo-class submarine (1939)

:::: 12 Tambor-class submarine (1940-41)

:::: Gato-class submarine 1941-43 showed up later

:::: Balao-class submarine mid 1943

:: Number of torpedoes on hand at the start of the war.

:: Production rate. See chart.

:::: about 1000 in first half of 1942; 166 per month.

: Also compare response rate as Newpower pointed out.

:: Germans. MI, contact, depth. Early mission pointed to faults with torpedoes. Doenitz was swift. Problem solved in 6 months? Copy British design. Symbolic punishment of developers.

:: British. Investigate MI, but too iffy. UK just built a good torpedo. No faulty torpedo in service.

:: Japanese. Bigger is better. No faulty torpedo in service.

:: US. Early mission uncovered problem. Production problems meant nobody wanted to burn torps for testing until Lockwood had had enough.

=Background=

Torpedo depth control. Robert Whitehead in Fiume had trouble with depth control until it developed the "balance chamber" with pendulum. The balance chamber had water pressure push against a disk (cylinder?) that was balanced by a spring. "The inclusion of a pendulum stabilized the mechanism's feedback loop." {{harvtxt|Newpower|2006|p=12}} citing Edwyn Gray, The Devil's Device: Robert Whitehead and the History of the Torpedo (Annapolis MD, US Naval Institute, 1991 p33. This was sometime around 1870.

Whitehead had an improved exploder around 1877. Used a firing pin, but also had an arming mechanism driving by an impeller. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=15}}

The US Navy tried developing its own torpedoes, but did not have much success. In 1891 E. W. Bliss Company signed a licensing deal with Whitehead to produce its Mark 1 torpedo. The US Navy started buying torpedoes from Bliss for $2000 each. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=15}} It effectively ended the use of the Howell torpedo. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=16}}

Around 1904, E. W. Bliss had its own torpedo that matched the Whitehead Mk. 5: the Bliss-Leavitt Mk. 1. That design had problems with roll stability, but Navy Lt. Gregory Davidson proposed using counter-rotating propellers. The proposal was adopted. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=18}}

Navy decides to build its own torpedo factory. Newport breaks ground in 1907 and starts production in 1908. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=19}} (But this has torpedo station producing Whitehead Mk. 5s!) 1912 saw the Bliss-Leavitt Mk. 7 as the last torpedo ordered by the Navy. Mk. 7 was the main torpedo of WWI.

p20 in 1911, Navy starts making its own contact exploder. Results in Mk 3 exploder in 1915. Also anti-circular run device.

:: Whitehead torpedos had a "war nose" contact exploder. Shear pin. Also impeller arming. {{harv|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=63}}

::: There were earlier versions. {{Harvtxt|Jolie|1978|loc=fig 13 page 23}} shows War Nose Mk. 1. {{Harvtxt|Jolie|1978|p=24}} states War Nose Mk. 2 had whiskers that enabled an oblique hit to detonate the torpedo. Jolie claims war noses Mk. 3 and Mk. 4 never made it to production. The War Nose Mk. 5 was the first exploder "designed to fire on impact from any angle/direction", but it was designed for slow speed torpedoes and had trouble when torpedoes reached 30 knots.

:::: {{cite report |last=Jolie |first=E. W. |date=15 September 1978 |title=A Brief History of U.S. Navy Torpedo Development |id=NUSC Technical Document 5436 |url=http://large.stanford.edu/courses/2015/ph241/hernandez2/docs/TorpDevel-Usn-JolieNusc1978.pdf}}

:: Mark 3 exploder developed shortly before WWI and improved during. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=63}}

::: Terminology changed. War Noses were for torpedoes up to 1911. New designs starting 1911&ndask;1915 were termed exploders. The Exploder Mechanism Mk 1 had problems, so a Mk 2 followed, but Exploder Mk 3 improved on it. The Exploder Mk 3 was the first production exploder. {{harv|Jolie|1978|p=24}}

:: Contact exploder had anti-countermine device. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=63}} Any explanation of how that worked?

:: While Mark 3 was being finished, BuOrd started considering magnetic influence. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=64}}

:: Project G53 funded with $25,000 in summer of 1922. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=64}}

:: Blister tests in 1924. 400 pounds of TNT on side of decommissioned {{USS|South Carolina|BB-26}}. Also {{USS|Washington|BB-47}} during construction. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=64}} Conclusion was impossible to cripple or disable a ship.

:: GE helped with G53 and ready for test in 1924. Captain Thomas Hart, officer in charge of the Torpedo Station, wanted to do a test, but he was not given a ship. Navy finally offered a ship in December 1925, and a test was done on 8 May 1926. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=64–65}}

::: There is a side photograph of the successful test. {{harv|Myers|Robinson|2018|p=40}}

::: There is a picture of Chester T. Minkler. {{harv|Myers|Robinson|2018|p=21}} (move elsewhere) "Mr. Minkler was one of the U.S. Navy’s leading experts in explosives. He served for 44 years at NTS Newport and established a solid reputation as “the father of the depth charge.”"

::: Chester T. Minkler is on the patent filed in 1932. Patent warns about high speed increasing sensitivity. Patent describes triode, but not thyratron. {{harv|Minkler|1946}}

:::: {{cite patent |inventor-last=Minkler |inventor-first=Chester T. |country=US |patent-number=2397678 |title=Torpedo Exploding Mechanism |fdate=9 May 1932 |gdate=2 April 1946 }}

:::: {{cite journal |date=17 May 1972 |title=Chester T. Minkler, Devised Navy Bomb |page=50 |journal=New York Times |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1972/05/17/archives/chester-t-minkler-devised-navy-bomb.html}}

:::: https://invention.si.edu/chester-t-minkler-papers-1911-1952

:::: https://www.usnwcarchives.org/agents/people/134

:::: https://www.usnwcarchives.org/repositories/2/resources/41

:::: {{cite journal |title=10, 20, 40 Years Ago |date=21 July 1955 |url=https://www.newspapers.com/clip/25299974/145-chester-minkler-retired-from/ |journal=Newport Daily News |page=8 |location=Newport, RI }}

:::: {{cite book |first1=Bernard J. |last1=Myers |first2=Joshua D. |last2=Robinson |date=2018 |title=Milestones of Innovation: Naval Torpedo Station to Naval Undersea Warfare Center Since 1869 |url=https://apps.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/1076856.pdf |publisher=Naval Undersea Warfare Center |location=Newport, RI}}

:: Now here's some nonsense. "The Mark 6 was designed to sense the changes in the horizontal component of the earth's magnetic field caused by a ship as the torpedo approached the target." {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=65}}

:: "The magnitude in the horizontal perturbation of the earth's magnetic field by a ship depends on the inclination of the earth's field to the horizontal. This inclination varies from zero at the magnetic equator to 90 degrees at the magnetic poles."

:: After the {{USS|Indianapolis|CA-35}} tests were done, the Mark 6 was finished. Although more live fire tests were wanted "... the Chief of Naval Operations would not permit the use of a live warhead." A destroyer was offered for tests, but there was a risk of holing her. The Torpedo Station did not accept the risk, so "no live fire test of the production version of the Mark 6 was ever conducted." {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=66}} (Torpedo station at fault.)

:: Where was the do not test with exercise head and countermand?

:: Where was the depth setting test issue raised? It does not make sense. Hydraulic ram will raise pressure on front of warhead (test port should read deep) and pressure port on after body should low (shallow). The readings would not correlate. There could be the issue of an exercise head. If the head is light, then they could both run shallow.

:: The fish net test was Lockwood's first, and it showed problems.

:: The chicken wire test was Lockwood's second, and it was successful.

:: Pendulum depth control.

:: O'Kane putting torpedoes into the mud.

:: Notice shape of Mark 14 warhead and Mark 15.

Start with Navy buying torpedoes from other vendors such as Whitehead and Bliss. Then it learns all it could from Bliss and starts doing its own production and development.(somewhere in Iron Men). That should be the Mark 10 production. TPS does not have the development or manufacturing expertise. NIH takes over.

The US Mark 10 is a reasonable torpedo, and the S-boats uses them effectively during WW II. {{harv|Newpower|2006|pp=116-117}}

Construction/design is by assemblies.

Exploder comes first.

Mark 3 exploder. Did it have counter-mining immunity? There was a friction issue that was solved with a stronger spring.

Where was Einstein and the crush head?

Worlds navies are recognizing that armor/blisters are becoming more effective against torpedoes. There are different responses.

U.S. believes TNT is good enough; later switch to Torpex; Wikipedia article says it was used starting in late 1942.

TPS also increased packing of warhead. US decides influence exploder is the trick (avoid the armor). Compare Germany (who developed MI and later copied British torpedo), UK (which did not oppose a military fleet (Britannia ruled the waves), so a contact exploder was good enough), and Japan (massive amounts of TNT).

G.B. doesn't want to redesign torpedoes so it looks for more powerful explosive; finds it in RDX. {{harv|MacDonald and Mack Partnership|1984}}{{page needed}} G.B. also looks at influence exploder but decides it is unreliable and just uses contact exploder. G.B. has reliable contact exploder and reasonable weapon, but limited targets. Germany does not have significant shipping or risk much of its fleet. Compare Hood, Ark Royal, and Bismarck.

:: When did Torpex enter US service?

Germany develops new steam and electric torpedo and uses magnetic influence exploder. Doenitz goes nuts about depth control and enabling/disabling the MI exploder. Contact exploder is unreliable, too. Norway campaign is a disaster. German steals G.B.'s contact exploder.

Japan goes the more explosive is better route. Type 91 airborne torpedoes. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=113}}. Type 93 torpedo Long Lance has {{convert|490|kg|lb}} and Type 95 torpedo has {{convert|893|lb|kg}}. {{harv|Newpower|2006|p=122}} but another says 405kg model 1, 550kg model 2! Big explosive rather than the MI feature. Long Lance recognizes need for depth control. Japanese torpedoes are devastating: Pearl Harbor and Guadalcanal, but Japan does not deploy her submarines effectively;{{harv|Newpower|2006|p=113}} combat air cover does reasonable job of keeping torpedo bombers away.

:: Another tidbit: Long Lance was larger diameter. (where?)

:: It used different fuel. US declined development of Navol (hydrogen peroxide) torpedo. Such a torpedo does not need the space or weight of an air flask. {{harvnb|Wildenberg|Polmar|2010|p=67–70}}

Lockwood likes electric torpedoes.

Some German electrics land on US shores in 1942, TPS wants nothing to do with them. Westinghouse copies them (with GB contact exploder?).

In the summer of 1926, Lieutenant Ralph Waldo Christie became involved in the exploder's design.{{Harvnb|Blair|1975|pp=54–55, 304}} https://books.google.com/books?id=KGjfqe6DcrEC&pg=PA54&lpg=PA54&hl=en&f=false.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006|p=27}} has Christie at Annapolis for post graduate studies in ordnance engineering starting December 1920; after finishing at Annapolis, he went to MIT and graduated with a masters degree in June 1923. In the summer of 1926, he reports to Newport and works on successor to Mk 3 exploder. {{harvnb|Newpower|2006|p=29}}, by 1938 Christie was Head of the Torpedo Section at BuOrd and involved in providing Mk 6 and Mk 14 torpedo to the fleet.

Should explain the nomenclature. The Mark 14 is the torpedo minus the war head, but the term is often used to refer to the whole torpedo.{{cn}} Internal to the Mark 14 were several assemblies. Cite to the pendulum depth keeping mechanism; it should be used on several other torpedo designs.

There's a war head that attaches onto the Mark 14. The warhead includes the explosive charge, but an exploder assembly attaches to the warhead.

The Mark 6 exploder bolts into the war head. There's a magnetic sense rod that then slips through the induction coil. The Mark 6 has an impeller wheel that is pushed by the flow of water. If drives a generator to supply power to the electronics; it also hoists the detonator into the war heads charge. If torpedo ran hot in the tube, no impeller motion, no arming of the torpedo, no charging of the capacitor.

Comment about the independence and interchangeability of the various Marks. Blessing and a curse. Balance issues.

In lieu of the warhead-exploder combination, there was an exercise head.

Both the warhead and the exercise head had a lead ballast on the bottom. Function as a keel.

  • {{Citation |title=Instructions for upkeep & operation of the mark VI mod. 1 exploder mechanism |publisher=Bureau of Ordnance |series=Ordnance Pamphlet |url= |year=1938 |id=OP 632 |oclc=51958048 }}
  • {{Citation |title=Torpedoes: Mark 14 and 23 Types |publisher=Bureau of Ordnance |series=Ordnance Pamphlet |url=http://www.hnsa.org/doc/torpedo/ |date=24 March 1945 |id=OP 635}}
  • http://www.history.navy.mil/museums/keyport/History_of_the_Torpedo_and_the_Relevance_to_Todays_Navy.pdf

=Assemblies=

Page 15, OP 635, 24 March 1945 says

: All assembled units and mechanisms in the torpedo are interchangeable in the Mark and Modifications to which they are assigned.

=Torpedo body=

Early torpedo: Mark 10 torpedo (this warhead was 500 pounds). Was warhead interchangeable?

Family of torpedoes:

  • Mark 13 (aerial, fat 22.5 in, stubby 161 in, slow 33.5 kn, 2216 lb, 600 lb (Mk 8 contact))
  • Mark 14 (sub, 21 in, 20 ft 6 in, 46 or 31 kn, 3280 lb, 643 lb (Mk 6))
  • Mark 15 (destroyer, 21 in, 288 in, 45 kn, 3841 lb, 825 lb (Mk 6))

Depth setting problem

  • http://diodon349.com/Torpedoman/Torpedoes_USN/mark_14_3A_torpedo_Mk_6_exploder.htm
  • : confusion about the contact exploder and the firing pin
  • : also strange: has MI firing thyraton that moves lever to displace inertial ring and trigger contact exploder (but also saying that the contact exploder used a ball spring switch)
  • : Robert F. Marble's comments are generally right on. He comments on a Mark 5 exploder (no MI feature).
  • :: The warhead was made of bronze (which is anti-magnetic) so the MI feature could work. Steel would shield the rod/induction coil.
  • http://www.ww2pacific.com/torpedo.html

Who described depth sensor being moved inboard to cooling flow?

Air flask supplies oxygen. Methanol for fuel. Drives turbine.

Two speeds.

Section floods with water to cool engine.

Gyro and depth are one subassembly, the Mark 12-3.Manual page 77 The same assembly is used on the Mark 18 torpedo.Mark 18 manual, OP 946, page 116

Heading control. Gyro.

==Depth control==

Depth control. Depth sensor and pendulum. Pendulum needed for stability. Consider way too deep, torpedo would just loop at depth. With pendulum, ailerons go neutral at reasonable attack angle.

Manual, pages 99–108. Uhlan principle. Page 98:

:The diaphragm is acted upon by pressure of sea water while the torpedo is running. The diaphragm is held against this seawater pressure by the depth spring, connected to the lower depth-spring socket, plus atmospheric pressure in a pressure-tight air chamber. Since the pressure in the air chamber is constant for all practical purposes, the depth-spring loading controls the running depth of the torpedo. The pendulum is acted upon by gravity, and serves to limit the angle of inclination at which the torpedo may seek set depth, and at the same time tends to steady the torpedo at set depth.

The pendulum has another effect. When the torpedo is initially accelerated, the pendulum swings aft. Consequently, the torpedo thinks it is pitched up. The depth rudder will try to correct for that by ordering submerge. Consequently, the torpedoes go deep at first.Manual {{page needed}}

Explain doubled instrument error. BuOrd "roll recorder".

Multiple faults: http://www.ibiblio.org/hyperwar/USN/Admin-Hist/BuOrd/BuOrd-6.html (Chapter 6)

Believe same mechanism used in the Mark 10 and possibly the Mark 18. There needs to be some adjustment for speed if the sensing positions are not the same. Can I find the sensing positions in diagrams. Or are there references that discuss the repositioning of some ports.

  • Francis Pike, Hirohito's War: The Pacific War, 1941-1945, https://books.google.com/books?id=bEM6CQAAQBAJ&pg=PA553&lpg=PA553&hl=en&f=false Talks about depth setting problem (as early as 1938 -- destroyer torps diving to 90 feet), but also Einstein and exploder; timing is generous in E's favor.

Is Bernoulli's principle explanation flawed?

===Reynold's number===

Calculate Reynold's number (stolen from that article).

The Reynolds number is defined as

:\mathrm{Re} = \frac{\rho u L}{\mu} = \frac{u L}{\nu}

where:

  • {{math|ρ}} is the density of the fluid (SI units: kg/m3)
  • {{math|u}} is the velocity of the fluid with respect to the object (m/s)
  • {{math|L}} is a characteristic linear dimension (m)
  • {{math|μ}} is the dynamic viscosity of the fluid (Pa·s or N·s/m2 or kg/m·s)
  • {{math|ν}} is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid (m2/s).

: {{convert|1|g/cc|kg/m3}}

: {{convert|21|in|m}}

: {{convert|45|kn|m/s}}

From Viscosity article:

:: The dynamic viscosity of water is {{val|8.90|e=−4|u=Pa·s}} or {{val|8.90|e=−3|u=dyn·s/cm2}} or 0.890 cP at about 25 °C.

Looks like 12 million.

=Marks=

According to late manual (pages 13–14)

  • Mark 14 out of service
  • Mark 14-1 out of service
  • Mark 14-2 out of service
  • Mark 14-3 out of service
  • Mark 14-1A two speed torpedo, gyro angles up to 90 deg left or right
  • Mark 14-3A like 14-1A, but gyro angles up to 160 deg. The 14-3A is a 14-3 with improved depth control
  • Mark 23 is a 14-3A with speed change mechanism removed and restriction valve locked in high power
  • Mark 23-1 is a Mark 23 with restriction valve drilled for high power

Generally, I think the A suffix is improved depth control (port moved from side to the interior).

=Warhead=

Manual, page 15:

:The war heads provided for the Torpedoes Mk 14 and Mk 23 Types are the War Heads Mks 16, 16-1, and 16-4.

Manual, page 16:

:War heads loaded with Torpex have a small charge of TNT in the nose of the head, and the War Heads Mk 16-1 and Mk 16-4 have a "topping charge" of TNT which fills the space between the after end of the Torpex charge and the after bulkhead of the war head. The War Head Mk 16, when loaded with Torpex, has a cavity in the after end of the charge in order to give the war head proper trim characteristics.

As I understand it, the original design used a charge was 500 pounds.

Some named person increased charge to 640 pounds or so. How that was done is debatable. One claim is the length of the warhead was slightly increased (could that be a reason the torpedoes did not fit in an S-boat?), but the exercise head was not changed.

Shireman states:

:Adding insult to injury, earlier improvements by Commander King, although well-intentioned and initially successful, added to the depth-control riddle. When the additional 115 pounds of TNT were squeezed into the Mark XIV warhead, the exercise heads were not correspondingly altered to reflect the change. The extra explosive had been packed into the warhead by increasing density, so although the water-filled exercise head continued to occupy the same space as the warhead, it no longer had the same weight. Thus, the Bureau of Ordnance was using one version of the Mark XIV for testing and issuing quite a different Mark XIV.

That is not the complete answer. 500 + 115 = 615 pounds. Original warhead was TNT (1.654 g/cc), but Torpex (1.72 g/ccOP 1664 Vol I, page 3. http://www.hnsa.org/doc/ordnance/. There was a Torpex 1 and a Torpex 2.) is better (but appeared later). There are some density issues, too. Shireman's comments are a little suspect. One cannot change the density of TNT. There are comments (I think in the Mark 14 manual) about placing extra TNT in a space that was previously void. See Manual, figure 4, page 15.

If the torpedo became nose heavy (but it was balanced, wasn't it?), then some up aileron is needed, so the torpedo runs deeper.

==Calculation==

The torpedo is 20 feet 6 inches. Why the 6 inches? Let it all be an addition to the warhead, so it would create increased volume. Assume the increased volume is a 20 inch diameter cylinder (10 inch radius):

:\Delta V = \pi r^2 \Delta L = \pi * 10^2 * 6 = 314.159 * 6 = 1885 \ \mathrm{cubic\ inches}

That corresponds to 1885/231=8.16 gallons ({{#expr:pi*600/231}}). A gallon of water weighs 8.33 lbs, so {{#expr:8.16*8.33}} lbs of water. TNT has a density of 1.654, so {{#expr:8.16*8.33*1.654}} pounds ({{#expr:8.16*8.33*1.72}} pounds of Torpex), close to the 115 pounds in some references.

Could expect the cavity to hold 500 pounds of TNT. That would be about 520 pounds of Torpex. Add 115 pounds for extra length to get 635. A 31 lb topping charge would give 666 pounds.

Overall length of war or exercise head is 47.28 inches (Mk 16). But summation of lengths gives 20.5 ft, so Mark 16 may refer to later, or there may have been a short warhead (for Mark 10?).

==Capacities==

Mark 14-3A torpedo used (manual, page 275). (16, 16-2, 16-3, 30, 30-2, 30-3 added to table.)

class="wikitable"
Marktype14-3Atotal weightempty weightlead ballastliquid ballast/payload
16warheadN???????????? When loaded with Torpex, there is a cavity to maintain trim (manual pg 16)
16-1warheadYalign="right"| 1053264???666 lbs Torpex (said 66.6 lbs)
TNT topping charge
999info says pre/early war 507 lbs TNT; later 643 lbs Torpex
16-2warheadN????????????
16-3warheadN????????????
16-4warheadYalign="right"| 1057264???600 lbs Torpex
TNT topping charge
999info says 666 lbs Torpex
30exerciseN????????????
30-1exerciseYalign="right"| 843429287414.5 (water);
end buoyancy 210
30-2war exerciseN?????????????
30-3war exerciseN?????????????
30-4exerciseYalign="right"| 1053503367550 (sp. gr. 1.35) (414.5*1.35={{#expr:414.5*1.35}})
Seems to recognized that 30-1 head is 210 pounds light; 135.5 lbs liquid ballast added; 74 lbs lead ballast;
end buoyancy 136

For war head, total weight may not include exploder.

For simple exercise heads, total weight is empty weight plus liquid ballast.

Lead ballast (pull around) exists in warhead but warhead lead ballast not specified in appendix.Manual pages 15, 275; density Pb 11.34

999info is http://www.999info.net/Grunion/USN%20Weapons.pdf

=Exercise head=

There were several Marks. See appendix in the manual. These different heads probably give a clue about the warhead size changes.

Manual, page 21:

: Exercise heads designated for the Torpedoes Mk 14 and Mk 23 Types are the Exercise Heads Mks 30, 30-1, 30-2, 30-3, and 30-4. The shells for the Heads Mks 30, 30-1, and 30-4 are drawn steel, with ogival nose sections and cylindrical after portions. The shell for the Exercise Heads Mk 30-2 and Mk 30-3 differs from the Heads Mk 30, 30-1, and 30-4, in that it is made of phosphor bronze, and is fitted for installation of an exploder mechanism and a device known as the "marker bomb", which will be described later.

There is a war exercise head that is used for .Manual page 24–25

:The war exercise head (Fig. 16) is used for experimental and instructional activities where the operation of the exploder mechanism is to be demonstrated. The head shell is fitted with an exploder mounting flange and casing similar to those in a war head, with the exception that the exploder casing is necessarily heavier because of the pressure built up in the head when it blows.

The Mark 30-3 is such a head (it is called out in Figure 16). Figure 17 suggests that the Mark 30-2 is also a war exercise head (marker bomb used in 30-2 would require a functioning exploder). The 30-4 is probably not a war exercise head because it is not of phosphor bronze. The only purpose of demonstrating the warhead would be to show of the MI feature. Not clear a torpedo would survive a contact on a steel hull.

O'Kane may describe exercise runs where torpedo is set to run underneath the target.

BuOrd pg 98:

:Even during fleet exercises the error in depth could not be detected. To prevent impact damage to the weapon and target ship, practice shots were always set to run under the target. Concern over saving the torpedoes was so great that no one stopped to wonder just how far under the target the torpedoes were running.

Somewhere in {{harvtxt|Newpower|2006}}, at the tail end of the torpedo crisis, Blandy talks about a new exercise head.

==British design==

The British also needed to upgrade their torpedos, and they experimented with a magnetic influence exploder. The test results were unsatisfactory, so the resulting torpedo, the Mark VIII, had a simple but reliable contact exploder. There was no magnetic influence feature.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}

The British were aware that capital ships were being armored against torpedos, so the explosive power of the World War I torpedo would no longer be adequate. That presented a design challenge: either increase the amount of explosive or find an explosive with more energy. Increasing the amount of explosive implied that existing torpedo tubes might be inadequate. Consequently, the British developed the more energetic explosive RDX.MacDonald and Mack Partnership

The British had a reliable torpedo when it entered the World War II. Perhaps the only disadvantage the British had was the limited number of targets for the torpedo. Brittain is an island nation that depends on shipping, so there were many targets for German submarines. German submarines attacked both British capital ships and merchant shipping. Germany's resources did not depend so much on shipping. Brittain had some success against the German invasion of Norway.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}} (There should be some comment about Brittain v. Japan in the Far East.)

The U.S. was behind on more powerful explosives. The U.S. military had decided that TNT was all the explosive it needed. The U.S. bet on the magnetic influence feature avoiding the armor, but then apparently retreated somewhat. There are stories of the U.S. adding another 116 pounds of explosive to the warhead (something that made the torpedo nose heavy and resulted in deeper running).Disparate The British disclosed the existence of RDX to the U.S., and the U.S. started manufacturing it in 1940 (???). The availability of RDX led to the use of Torpex in U.S. torpedos.When Torpex appeared not clear. Is it the same formulation as the British used in their torpedoes?

==Japanese torpedoes==

The Japanese developed several successful torpedoes. For the problem of ship armament, the Japanese just used more explosive — a lot of it. Cite warhead sizes. {{harvtxt|Newpower|2006}} describes damage to U.S. Heavy Cruiser. Cruiser damaged but made it to port. Sent home for further repairs, but sinks on the way due to unrecognized structure damage caused by the torpedo.

==German problems==

The German torpedo of the time also had depth control problems due to using a light exercise head; the German torpedo ran {{convert|6.5|ft|m}} deep.{{Harvnb|Patrick|2012}} stating, "Many U-boat commanders suspected that torpedoes were running too deep. The Torpedo Directorate had known for some time that torpedoes were running six-and-a-half feet deeper than intended because the exercise heads used for calibration were more buoyant than warheads." The German torpedo designers knew the torpedo ran deep, but they ignored the problem because the magnetic influence exploder would make up for it. Some German officers were confined because they had let the problem persist.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}, page needed.

The German torpedo had problems with it magnetic influence feature; there were prematures. The Norway campaign was an eye opener. There was some belief that ore deposits were providing fields that triggered the feature. Doenitz went back and forth about using the feature.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}} Ultimately, it was judged not reliable.

The German torpedo also had problems with its "clumsy" contact exploder. The Germans captured some British Mark VIII torpedoes, which had a reliable contact exploder; the Germans simply copied its contact exploder.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}} Interestingly, some unexploded German electric torpedoes were later recovered from some soft, sandy, East Coast beaches. Westinghouse then copied the German electric torpedo rather than designing an entirely new one. The result was the Mark 18 torpedo, and it essentially used the British Mark VIII contact exploder design.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}

Although the Germans had essentially the same problems with their torpedos, the Germans resolved those problems in about six months.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}} It would take the Americans a couple of years to work the bugs out of the Mark 14 torpedo.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}

==Reverse engineer the 30-4==

The manual indicates that the Mark 30-1 and 30-4 are the same (long) dimensions, and some reverse engineering can be done. The Mark 30-1 is lighter than the Mark 16-4 warhead by 210 pounds, so it would not provide an accurate firing simulation. Making the exercise head heavier by 210 pounds would improve the simulation, but in order to recover the torpedo at the end of the run, it must have significant positive buoyancy. At end of run, the Mark 30-1 only has 210 pounds of buoyancy, so adding 210 pounds of lead ballast would not allow the torpedo to be recovered. From the tables in the appendix, the density of the liquid was increased to 1.35 (adding another 135.5 pounds) (volume is 100 pints? previous volume was 70 pints?). The lead ballast was increased by 74 pounds. (Pints of lead = {{#expr:74/11.34}}.)

There is some evidence that Lockwood's fishnet test used a high density calcium chloride solution to match the warhead weight.Blair, p 276{{cite web | url=http://www.military.com/Content/MoreContent?file=PRtorpedo | title=Military and Veteran Benefits, News, Veteran Jobs }} The test was probably done with a Mark 30 (short), but it is not clear only calcium chloride was used to increase the ballast.

Shireman:

:Later in July, the Bureau of Ordnance responded to Lockwood's tests by announcing they were flawed and thus not conclusive. The Stateside bureau claimed improper trim conditions had been created when the field testers used an exercise head that was shorter than the warhead. Undaunted, Lockwood's team lengthened their exercise head to warhead length and immediately produced the same incriminating evidence.

At BuOrd, Commander James King tried Lockwood's test and confirmed Lockwood's results.Shireman

Shireman:

:Adding insult to injury, earlier improvements by Commander King, although well-intentioned and initially successful, added to the depth-control riddle. When the additional 115 pounds of TNT were squeezed into the Mark XIV warhead, the exercise heads were not correspondingly altered to reflect the change. The extra explosive had been packed into the warhead by increasing density, so although the water-filled exercise head continued to occupy the same space as the warhead, it no longer had the same weight. Thus, the Bureau of Ordnance was using one version of the Mark XIV for testing and issuing quite a different Mark XIV.

:The problem of designing identical torpedo heads was solved by using Lockwood's calcium chloride solution, which correctly matched the warhead in size and density.

The above does not seem quite right; difficult to change density. Adding 6 inches to war head does make sense.

Manual is opaque about the preparation of the 1.35 specific gravity solution. Manual, page 121:

:For information on liquid solutions, see OD 3837.

Mark 18 says use 1.355 specific gravity solution in specifications (Mark 18 page 4: "620 pounds of calcium chloride solution having a sp. gr. of 1.355"), but directions for exercise say fill with fresh water (Mark 18 page 153: "Fill head with fresh water").

There are some intriguing possibilities here. The initial depth tests may have been accurate with a Mark 16 warhead. The Mark 30-1 exercise head may be a lengthened (and heavier) Mark 30 head, and it may have shown the 3-foot depth error (manual corrections replace 10 feet with 13 feet). It may have required the extra 210 pounds of ballast to show the 10 foot depth error that Lockwood found. (Attempt to explain why BuOrd would claim 3 feet deep after Lockwood's fishnet test showed 13 feet.)

The Washington state torpedo station used sight depth tests first; later it used fishnet tests.

==Cutaway exercise head==

==Hydrostatic pressure port position==

=Mark 6 exploder=

File:Torpedo exploder Mark 6 early.jpg

File:Torpedo exploder Mark 6 Mod 1.jpg

File:Torpedo Exploder Mark 6 NH Drawing.png

File:Torpedo Exploder Mark 6 housing.jpg

{{main|Mark 6 exploder}}

German magnetic influence mine. Germans didn't use it on a torpedo.

Contact exploder. The safety elevator made the firing pin motion perpendicular to travel. Would work at high angles or low speeds. Early Mark 6 had a complicated inertial ring mechanism; later was a simpler ball switch.Milford, Part I, footnote 30. Mark 6 Mod 5 has the ball switch.

It is not clear that the inertial ring mechanism was flawed. The problem that Lockwood uncovered was with the firing pin mechanism undergoing severe deceleration. The same firing pin was used for the magnetic influence trigger, but the torpedo is not decelerating at instant of triggering. The Mark 6 exploder still used an electronic circuit to trigger the detonation (but it may have bypassed the thyraton). It would be interesting to find out if the thyraton failed under high deceleration.

Shireman points out that BuOrd had already seen this problem in the 1930s. BuOrd tests found the firing pin was unreliable, but it solved the problem by using a more powerful spring to overcome the forces. Unfortunately, the spring worked at 30 knots but not at 46 knots:

:During the 1930s, the Bureau of Ordnance had conducted similar tests designed to ensure a reliable contact mechanism in time of war. The Newport Torpedo Station flung torpedoes against steel plates over sand and discovered then that the firing pins failed to strike the caps with sufficient force. Their solution was to increase the strength of the firing spring. The tighter spring seemed to solve the problem, but it did so at the speed of 1930s torpedoes. Torpedo speeds had increased to 46 knots by World War II, and this increase created greater impact forces. The increased speed essentially negated the strengthened spring. If Tinosa's torpedoes had been set for slower speeds or obtuse angles, Tonan Maru No. 3 would not have escaped. It took almost two years of wartime trials and tribulations, but American submariners were finally equipped with reliable and effective torpedoes.

It is not clear if BuOrd did the tests at full speed. When did the Mark 14 have its high speed? Or were the tests done for lower speed torpedoes?

After the torpedo is launched, sea water travels through an open channel on the bottom of the torpedo. The water hits an impeller that turns a shaft connected to a generator. The generator will supply power to the exploder. There is a worm on that shaft, and it engages the worm wheel that spins a vertical shaft. There is another worm on that shaft (not in the schematic but on the other picture), and it turns the delay device gear. Initially (A), a switch touching that gear grounds the generator field winding and prevents the generator from producing any power. (That should make the the generator shaft difficult to turn.) Notice that some teeth are missing on the gear at the 11 o'clock position; there's also a hole in the gear at the 3 o'clock position. This gear will make almost a complete turn and reach (B). At that point, the hole is underneath the switch and causes the switch to stop shorting the field winding. The generator starts producing electricity to power the exploder. At the same time, the missing teeth are now at 9 o'clock, so the worm no longer engages the delay gear; the delay gear stops moving.This operation is explained in chapter 12 around page 275–276.

The vertical shaft continues to turn and has been doing other work. Through a gear train, it causes the arming gear to rotate. That causes the safety chamber to rotate and has the detonator holder rise out of the safety chamber. When the detonator is inside the safety chamber, it cannot detonate the tetryl booster and keeps the weapon safe. Once it rises out of the safety chamber, the booster can be detonated.

With the early Mark 6, something else is also going on. Initially, the threads on the arming screw prevent the screw from moving up and keeps the trigger plate from rising. As the arming gear rotates, it also raises the arming screw. Raising the arming screw further compresses the firing spring. Eventually, the arming screw runs out of screw thread, so it stops just above the arming gear but below the firing pin. The arming screw still retains the ball(s) that holds the firing pin in place. When the torpedo hits something, the firmly attached exploder body suddenly decelerates, but the firing ring has inertia and keeps moving. The trigger plate moves upward and raises the arming screw high enough so the ball(s) leaves the groove in the firing pin; the firing pin is then driven by the firing spring and strikes the detonator.

In the early Mark 6, detonation is even more convoluted for the magnetic influence feature. A thyratron tube fires and energizes the solenoid which moves the armature. The solenoid does not have enough energy to cause detonation, so it just moves the pawl so it will engage the spinning ratchet that is also on the vertical shaft. The ratchet moves the pawl which moves the pawl arm. The pawl arm then moves the firing ring which initiates the same sequence as above.Explained early in {{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}.

The later Mark 6 did not use a mechanical detonator. It still used the arming gear to raise the charge out of the safety chamber and the delay device on the generator, but a simpler electric detonator was used.

==MI==

Many belived in MI, and the feature did work at least once in awhile. Wahoo down the throat shot.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}

Torpedo scarcity drove desire to use MI. There's some strangeness here because most of U.S. submarine attacks were against merchantment that had no armor. Tang was sinking merchantment with single torpedos late in the war, so it was not required to do the under the keel shot.

Magnetic influence exploder. Disable by removing core rod. Does anyone discuss degaussing of ships and impact on torpedo? {{harvnb|Newpower|2006}} does.

Interpreting the bubble track.

Running deep would take torpedo out of the influence of the ship.

Who described there were two tests and one failed. That was a torpedo article in several parts. I need to find them. (all at archive.org?)

If the MI feature were designed so that the war head would detonate when it was 10 feet under the keel, then it could also detonate when it is 10 feet away from the hull. That's probably why the MI feature needed to be disabled to avoid premature detonation. If the ship were not degaussed, then prematures might be more likely.

Higher torpedo speed would make the MI more sensitive. The earth's magnetic field is static; a ship's magnetic field would also be static. The induction coil senses a change in the field. If the relative speed to the target is 50% faster, then the signal is 50% larger. Was the MI designed for low-speed torpedoes and then used on high speed torpedoes?

BuOrd 100–101:

:So attractive was the goal that in the immediate postwar years the Bureau experimented with a variety of ways to produce an influence explosion. Sound controlled torpedoes, a water kite above a deep running torpedo, and the creation around a torpedo of an electric-magnetic field that would be disturbed by the entrance of a metallic body such as a ship were all tried, then abandoned. But the idea of using magnetic influence opened a new field and on June 30, 1922, the Bureau of Ordnance instituted at the Newport Station the "G-53 Project5" that eventually produced the Mark 6 exploder. The project seemed especially timely since the same y;ear witnessed the adoption by most nations of new antitorpedo structural protection for their first line fighting vessels. More than ever, underbottom explosions seemed desirable, and the G-53 Project was allowed to suffer less from budget restrictions than the testing and development of other weapons in the arsenal of underwater ordnance.

:With the help of the General Electric Co., which produced the generator and developed thyratron electronic tubes for the project, Newport had the Mark 6 ready for testing by 1926. Although the idea of employing magnetism was first crystallized by Germany, the United States' exploder represented a new line of development. The swinging of a compass needle when approached by the magnetic mass of a ship activated the German device; our mechanism utilized the variations in the intensity and direction of the earth's magnetic field adjacent to the hull of a vessel to actuate the mechanical pistol that set off the explosive charge. On May 8, 1926, 4 years of work were crowned by success. A submarine hulk was towed to sea, then sunk by the first shot of a torpedo equipped with the new magnetic influence exploder.

Telling comment on page 101:

:Never again during the 19 years of prewar exploder development was a destructive test made with a torpedo equipped with a magnetic influence exploder.

BuOrd page 102 about prematures:

:Their testing was inadequate. Evidence of that fact came in 1939, when Newport reported to the Bureau that the exploder was giving unexplained prematures. Admiral Furlong arranged for a physicist to visit the station and investigate the failures. For approximately a week, the scientist and his assistants worked with the device. Four sources of prematures were uncovered. Even more significant, the investigator reported to the Bureau that the responsible engineers at Newport were not employing proper tests on the Mark 6. Corrective steps were ordered by the Chief, but subsequent events proved that the remedial action, like the original tests, was inadequate.

==Contact feature==

The original contact feature was an inertial ring. (There's a reference for that.) At contact, the ring was supposed to slip out of place and release the firing pin. A spring would drive the firing pin into a primer, and that primer would initiate the tetryl explosive booster charge that sat on top of the detonator housing. (Loose fitting is described in the manual procedures for assembling the exploder to the war head.)

A safety feature is detonator sat in a safety housing, and the primer could initiate the booster charge without setting off the main charge in the war head. When the torpedo started its run, an impeller would spin and raise the detonator (and the booster charge) into a well of the warhead. The more confined space would allow enough of a shock to detonate the warhead's main charge.

A further safety feature may have been the raising of the detonator mechanism also cocked the firing pin spring.

The magnetic influence feature also needed to detonate the main charge. That was accomplished with an induction coil sensing a change in the magnetic field and producing a voltage. That voltage ultimately triggered a thyratron that energized a solenoid. The solenoid would trip the firing pin.

The problem with the setup was the firing pin moved perpendicular to the torpedo's travel. At impact, there would be high deceleration forces that would interfere with the firing pin movement (and even distort the pin). Consequently, the BuOrd replaced the spring, firing pin, and primer with an electrical detonator (blasting cap). For contact firing, a new sensor was needed to fire the electrical detonator, and that sensor was the ball switch.

Comments about leaving many other things the same.

Air flask destroyed on impact, spray of water against the ship, but not high order detonation.

There were some crazies here. Perhaps Einstein consulted on the Mark 3 exploder problem. Failure at higher torpedo speeds. Result was stiffer spring.

Little is said about the Mark 5 exploder (Mark 6 without the MI that was issued to most submarines).

Many claimed duds. Daspit final straw. Fire into HI cliffs. Third was a dud. then the drop tests.

=Lockwood's tests=

Lockwood ordered some famous tests, but the some details are not clear.

The fishnet test. At this point, it's not clear that the exercise heads were updated. One source suggests the use of a denser solution, but it is not clear who is responsible for that. BuOrd said it ran its own tests or calculations, and admitted 3 feet. If BuOrd ran fishnet tests, then why didn't it come up with 11 feet as did Lockwood? Did BuOrd use a light warhead with fishnet? Or did it use a compromised depth gauge? Why would BuOrd come down on Lockwood so hard? The fishnet experiment is pretty basic. Fishnet could deflect before ripping, but 8 feet? Any information about how the fishnet was anchored above and below?

Bluff firing. Real warheads, so hard to dispute conditions. The some wag comment about going under the island.Believe it is Submarine Commander: A Story of World War II and Korea, Paul R. Schratz, page 84. http://books.google.com/books?id=wHhpv6YgYgUC&pg=PA84&lpg=PA84&source=bl&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0CCsQ6AEwAA

The drop tests seem most poorly reported. Filling the warhead with concrete just seems silly, but that is reported in {{harvtxt|Newpower|2006}} by a guy who was there. Dropping entire torpedoes just to test the warhead also seems silly; why destroy a expensive Mark 14? Dropping a head full of explosive seems a bit dangerous (what happens when it is a dud?). The test must be sure the primer actually fires. Operation Pacific shows dropping just the warhead, but the exploder shape is wrong. Also, the real test would require arming the torpedo just before he drop. If he used real warheads, then removing the explosive would be troublesome. If he had a supply of right exercise heads, then he could use those (the simplest route). If the explosive were absent, then what was used as a filling? Concrete seems more trouble that it is worth. An exercise head is easily filled with liquid. An emptied warhead could be filled with a small amount of sand (which is much denser than the explosive); there is no reason to have the inert material take a set. The concrete would make sense as a replacement for Mark 14; much cheaper and reusable.

Result: 7 out of 10 failed at perpendicular.

Dropping just the warhead without an equivalent Mark 14 mass behind it could show a higher acceleration because the nose does not crush as much.

The drop from 90 ft. d = 90 feet = 0.5 a t2. Acceleration of gravity (a) is 32 ft/sec/sec, so t = sqrt(90/16) = 2.3. Thus v = 2.3 * 32 = {{convert|76|ft/s|kn}}.

About the same time as the drop test, there was a chicken wire test. Some skippers believed the torpedo was still running deep. Lockwood's tests showed the depth was about right.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}

=Prematures=

File:FiringGeometry.png

The explanations here are confused and varied. The prematures hid the failures of the contact exploder.

Arming distance. If the torpedo armed before settling down on a course, then the MI might fire.{{harvnb|Newpower|2006}}

Gaskets leak. A real shock. If torpedo was immersed for 15 minutes, it got water logged. There were many discussions about gaskets and whether sub personnel did the seals right. Anecdotal story about Gallatin believing impeller packing was not tight enough. Mechanism is salt water causes a short that triggers exploder as soon as it arms.

Infamous BuOrd draft letter. Degaussed ships may not trigger MI. Ungaussed ships may trigger MI far away. Latitude makes a difference. The close aboard detonations.

=Robert F. Marble's ten questions=

Mark 14-3A Torpedo and its MK 6 Exploder

  • http://diodon349.com/Torpedoman/Torpedoes_USN/mark_14_3A_torpedo_Mk_6_exploder.htm
  • archive link: 2016-12-03: https://web.archive.org/web/20161203092624/http://diodon349.com/Torpedoman/Torpedoes_USN/mark_14_3A_torpedo_Mk_6_exploder.htm

I have ten torpedo related questions for you.........

  1. What is the arming distance of the exploder mechanism on a MK 14 or MK 15 torpedo?
  2. : 350 yds (MK 14 manual, page 20). {{convert|350|yd|m}} and {{convert|46|kn|m/s}}, so about 15 seconds.
  3. Why are the warheads made of phosphor bronze on MK 14 and MK 15 torpedoes and steel on the MK 13, MK 18 and MK 23 torpedoes?
  4. : Phosphor bronze is nonmagnetic and will not interfere with the MI feature. (Should be in MK 14 manual.)
  5. What type of exploder mechanism is installed in a MK 23 torpedo?
  6. : Mark 6 Mod 5. MK 23 is a MK 14 with one speed and no MI. (MK 14 manual page 17; fired by direct impact.)
  7. Can a MK 15 (surface to surface) torpedo be used in a submarine?
  8. : Diameter is OK, but I think it is too long (+42 inches) for the torpedo tube or perhaps loading into the submarine. It also may not have the control setting features of the Mark 14.
  9. What prevents a torpedo from rolling over after it is launched?
  10. : Lead ballast along the bottom of the exploder or warhead. (Should be in MK 14 manual.)
  11. How does the anti-countermining feature on a MK 6 exploder mechanism work?
  12. : I haven't seen a description of this anywhere. the MK 3 exploder developed the technology. I suspect all the magic is in the detonator ring, but I don't see how it would work. Vertical forces would not affect the ring, but they would not be dominant in a nearby detonation. BuOrd later concluded that the anti-countermining feature did not work. I think Rowland and Boyd 1953.
  13. How does the anti-circular run feature work on a MK 6 exploder mechanism?
  14. : I don't think there is such a beast on the MK 6 exploder. The likely place for circular run detection is in the gyro control unit. If the gyro travel is too far, then that unit could order the torpedo to dive because it also controls depth. From what O'Kane said (Wahoo IIRC; he was in {{USS|Argonaut|SM-1}} off Midway when the war started; sonar shots from deep submergence; a submarine tactic was to have torpedo circle overhead, but I don't know how such a torpedo would be fired), I don't think there is an anti-circular run detector on the Mark 14 torpedo; there may be on the MK 15. Later versions of the Mark 14 would allow for 160 degree turns onto the track.
  15. What is the maximum depth for opening a fleet submarine's torpedo tube for launching a torpedo?
  16. : Probably the seal depth for the torpedo, but it may be an air issue to eject the torpedo from the tube.
  17. What successful post-WWII modifications were made to the troublesome MK 6 exploder mechanism?
  18. : See Rowland and Boyd 1953.
  19. What is the difference between a run-down gyroscope and a constant-spin type?
  20. : The run-down gyro is spun up in the torpedo tube and then just coasts (runs down) after launch; the constant-spin gyro uses the air flask to keep it spinning during the entire run.

=Edits before revert=

  • http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mark_14_torpedo&oldid=555749094

=References=

{{reflist|30em}}

  • {{citation |last=Blair |first=Clay Jr. |title=Silent Victory: The U.S. Submarine War Against Japan |orig-date=1975 |year=2001 |location=Annapolis, MD |publisher=Naval Institute Press |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=KGjfqe6DcrEC&pg=PA504 |isbn=9781557502179}}
  • {{Citation |last=MacDonald and Mack Partnership |title=Final Properties Report: Newport Army Ammunition Plant |date=August 1984 |publisher=National Park Service |id=AD-A175 818 |url=http://www.dtic.mil/cgi-bin/GetTRDoc?AD=ADA175818&Location=U2&doc=GetTRDoc.pdf}}
  • {{Citation |last=Milford |first=Frederick J. |title=U. S. Navy Torpedoes. Part One: Torpedoes through the thirties |journal=The Submarine Review |volume= |issue= |date=April 1996 |location=Annandale, VA |publisher=Naval Submarine League |url=http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp1.htm |archiveurl=http://web.archive.org/web/20090830111302/http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp1.htm |archivedate=30 August 2009 |doi= }}
  • {{Citation |last=Milford |first=Frederick J. |title=U. S. Navy Torpedoes. Part Two: The great torpedo scandal, 1941–43 |journal=The Submarine Review |volume= |issue= |date=October 1996 |location=Annandale, VA |publisher=Naval Submarine League |url=http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp2.htm |archiveurl=http://web.archive.org/web/20090830111302/http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp2.htm |archivedate=30 August 2009 |doi= }}
  • {{Citation |last=Milford |first=Frederick J. |title=U. S. Navy Torpedoes. Part Three: WW II development of conventional torpedoes 1940-1946 |journal=The Submarine Review |volume= |issue= |date=January 1997 |location=Annandale, VA |publisher=Naval Submarine League |url=http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp3.htm |archiveurl=http://web.archive.org/web/20090830111302/http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp3.htm |archivedate=30 August 2009 |doi= }}
  • {{Citation |last=Milford |first=Frederick J. |title=U. S. Navy Torpedoes. Part Four: WW II development of homing torpedoes 1940-1946 |journal=The Submarine Review |volume= |issue= |date=April 1997 |location=Annandale, VA |publisher=Naval Submarine League |url=http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp4.htm |archiveurl=http://web.archive.org/web/20090830111302/http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp4.htm |archivedate=30 August 2009 |doi= }}
  • {{Citation |last=Milford |first=Frederick J. |title=U. S. Navy Torpedoes. Part Five: Post WW-II Submarine Launched/Heavyweight Torpedoes |journal=The Submarine Review |volume= |issue= |date=October 1997 |location=Annandale, VA |publisher=Naval Submarine League |url=http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp5.htm |archiveurl=http://web.archive.org/web/20090830111302/http://www.geocities.com/Pentagon/1592/ustorp5.htm |archivedate=30 August 2009 |doi= }}
  • {{Citation |last=Newpower |first=Anthony |title=Iron Men and Tin Fish: The Race to Build a Better Torpedo during World War II |publisher=Praeger Security International |year=2006 |isbn=0-275-99032-X}}
  • {{Citation |last=Shireman |first=Douglas A. |title=U.S. Torpedo Troubles During World War II |date=February 1998 |journal=World War II Magazine |accessdate=12 June 2006 |url=http://www.historynet.com/us-torpedo-troubles-during-world-war-ii.htm}}
  • {{citation |title=The Depths of Courage: American Submariners at War with Japan, 1941-1945 |first1=Flint |last1=Whitlock |first2=Ron |last2=Smith |year=2007 |publisher=Berkley Publishing Group |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=b27ZvUsApvIC&pg=PT206 |isbn=978-0-425-22370-3}}
  • {{Citation |first1=Thomas |last1=Wildenberg |first2=Norman |last2=Polmar |publisher=Naval Institute Press |title=Ship Killer: A History of the American Torpedo |date=15 November 2010 |isbn=978-1591146889 }}
  • U.S. Navy Bureau of Ordnance in World War II, Buford Rowland, William B. Boyd, Bureau of Ordnance, Department of the Navy, 1953, http://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/007884814 and http://www.ibiblio.org/hyperwar/USN/Admin-Hist/BuOrd/BuOrd-6.html
  • 21-inch Submerged Torpedo Tubes, OP 1085, http://www.maritime.org/fleetsub/tubes/
  • U.S. Navy Torpedo: Mark 18 (Electric): Description, Adjustment, Care, and Operation, April 1943, OP 946, http://www.hnsa.org/doc/torpedomk18/
  • Image in Bullhead showing OP 635, http://www.history.navy.mil/photos/images/g40000/g49453.jpg
  • National archives collection of Ordnance Pamphlets, http://research.archives.gov/description/575643
  • {{Citation |first=John |last=Patrick |title=The hard lessons of World War II torpedo failures |date=Winter 2012 |journal=Undersea Warfare |issue=47 }}
  • http://www.public.navy.mil/subfor/underseawarfaremagazine/issues/archives/issue_47/torpedo.html
  • http://www.public.navy.mil/subfor/underseawarfaremagazine/issues/archives/issue_47/torpedo_2.html
  • http://www.history.navy.mil/museums/keyport/html/part2.htm
  • check circ http://books.google.com/books?id=fjGRZpAjFcEC&pg=PT54&lpg=PT54&source=bl&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0CD8Q6AEwAw

=Further reading=

  • https://books.google.com/books?id=DkquBQAAQBAJ&pg=PA60&lpg=PA60&hl=en&f=false
  • https://research.archives.gov/id/6042930?q=mark%206%20exploder
  • https://research.archives.gov/search?q=mark%2014%20torpedo&rows=20&offset=0&tabType=all&facet=true&facet.fields=oldScope,level,materialsType,fileFormat,locationIds,dateRangeFacet&highlight=true
  • https://research.archives.gov/id/575643?q=Ordnance%20Pamphlet%20635
  • https://research.archives.gov/id/305254 Einstein letter
  • A Century of Progress, http://books.google.com/books?id=mBwRGQAACAAJ&dq=subject:%22Torpedoes%22&hl=en&sa=X
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=CMJCAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA8&lpg=PA9&ots=Y5_ACchgiG&f=false cf 297
  • {{cite book | last = Poole | first = Lisa | url = http://www.hnsa.org/doc/torpedotown/chap5.htm | title = Torpedo Town U.S.A | publisher = Diamond Anniversary Publishing | year = 1989 | isbn = 0-9621829-0-7}}
  • http://www.eugeneleeslover.com/USNAVY/CHAPTER-12-B.html About Mark 15 torpedo
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=pS1HAQAAIAAJ&pg=PA245&lpg=PA245&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0CFIQ6AEwCQ
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=nThUZVcJo60C&pg=PT88&lpg=PT88&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0CD4Q6AEwBA
  • http://www.ww2pacific.com/torpedo.html
  • http://www.public.navy.mil/subfor/underseawarfaremagazine/issues/archives/issue_47/torpedo_2.html Has picture of Mark 6 mod 1 exploder.
  • http://www.submarineresearch.com/bull30.html Marble post. (There's another one...)
  • J. T. McDaniel, http://books.google.com/books?id=IEwEZOqRWeUC&pg=PA153&lpg=PA153&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0CD8Q6AEwAzgK "The contact exploder initially had a heavy brass intertia ring held in place by four clips. ... Later in the war, the inertia ring mechanism was removed, and an electric "ball switch" was introduced."
  • http://www.uboat.net/forums/read.php?3,76143,76162,quote=1 Critique of article; mentions brass ball contact.
  • http://www.perch-base.org/Newsletter-PDF-Files/October-2011-Newsletter.pdf
  • NAVAL ORDNANCE AND GUNNERY, VOLUME 1 NAVAL ORDNANCE, Prepaired by the Department of Ordnance and Gunnery, United States Naval Academy, Edited and produced by the Bureau of Naval Personnel, NavPers 10797-A, 1957 edition revised from the 1955 edition
  • : http://www.eugeneleeslover.com/US-NAVY-BOOKS/1-NO-10797-A-CHAPTER-12-PAGE-1.html
  • :: Mentions depth and roll recorder §12B7
  • : I think this ref describes the delay mechanism in more detail. Worm turns delay gear that keeps switch shorted. Switch is pressing against the delay gear. After delay gear makes an almost complete turn, hole in gear appears underneath switch, and the shorting switch is opened. Nobody says it, but the unshorted generator should be easier to turn by now.
  • : Delay distance (350 yd) and torpedo trajectory need to be reconciled. How long did it take to complete the turn?
  • http://www.999info.net/Grunion/Cause%20of%20Loss/USN%20Weapons.pdf (has above picture of later exploder)
  • https://web.archive.org/web/20081120194819/http://www.submarineresearch.com/bull29.html
  • http://www.fleetsubmarine.com/torpedoes.html
  • http://www.dailykos.com/story/2014/11/18/1331240/-Dud-The-History-of-the-Mark-XIV-Torpedo
  • : claims warhead was originally designed for 600 lbs TNT; later changed to 660 lbs torpex.
  • https://docs.google.com/viewer?url=patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/US2781724.pdf
  • : lists early art
  • : 431377 Merriam 1 July 1890
  • : 996412 Jones 27 Jun 1911
  • : 1005042 Jones 3 Oct 1911
  • : 1368569 Minkler 15 Feb 1921
  • : 1462313 Woodberry 17 July 1923
  • : 1509337 Borden et al 32 Sept 1924
  • : 1623475 Hammon 5 Apr 1927
  • : 1814152 Harrison 14 July 1931
  • : 2076602 Towner 13 Apr 1937
  • : 1400100 Byrnes et al 14 May 1946
  • : 1407844 Moriarty 17 Sept 1946
  • : 2409205 Graumann 15 Oct 1946
  • : 2419815 Breeze et al. 29 Apr 1947
  • : 2420237 Girouard 6 May 1947
  • : Radio Proximity Fuse Design, Hinman Jr. et al, page 12 and 13. NBS Journal of Research, vol 37 July 1946 Research Paper RP1723, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/jres/37/jresv37n1p1_A1b.pdf (29 MB) quicker: https://archive.org/details/jresv37n1p1

= Subsequent notes =

Looking for details.

History of Mark 3 exploder?

Christie was only a lieutenant when working on Mark 6; who was in charge?

Mark 10 evolution.

Where is the targeting advice letter? Newpower, Chapter 8, Note 80.

  • Draft of Bureau of Ordnance Circular Letter No. T, "Mark 6 Mod. 1 Exploder Mechanism", Box 240, RG 74, General Correspondence of the Bureau of Ordnance, National Archives.
  • : https://www.archives.gov/research/guide-fed-records/groups/074.html
  • : https://www.archives.gov/files/research/military/navy/ordnance-files.pdf

Newpower also has Blandy's early claims to performance and subsequent performance. Subsequent performance showed that shallow running torpedoes would prematurely explode about 9 percent of the time.

Also, the test firing data of the Mark 10 torpedo with the MI head involving {{USS|Indianapolis|CA-35}} were apparently lost. Southern latitudes were not good for the MI. Newpower ch 8.

xxx

  • US Navy Bureau of Ordnance in World War II, Chapter 6. https://www.ibiblio.org/hyperwar/USN/Admin-Hist/BuOrd/BuOrd-6.html
  • Torpedoes of the United States of America: Pre-World War II http://www.navweaps.com/Weapons/WTUS_PreWWII.php
  • NUSC Technical Document 5436, 15 September 1978, A Brief History of U.S. Navy Torpedo Development, E.W. Jolie http://archive.hnsa.org/doc/jolie/
  • F. M. Leavitt, Exploder for Automobile Torpedoes, filed 3 May 1908, granted 5 April 1910. US 953848. https://pdfpiw.uspto.gov/.piw?PageNum=0&idkey=NONE&SectionNum=3&HomeUrl=&docid=0953848 Presumably a "war nose".
  • Torpedoes, Brooke Clarke 2017 - 2021 https://prc68.com/I/Torpedoes.html lots of pointers to developments and patents
  • Torpedo Exploding Mechanism, 1932-05-09, 1946-04-02. https://patents.google.com/patent/US2397678
  • : https://patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/80/1c/c0/ecacac1b0b0442/US2397678.pdf
  • :: "The first tests of this invention were made in a torpedo with a bronze head, upon the theory that a steel head would shield the pick-up coil so much that a sufficient voltage could not be induced in the coil to cause the apparatus to function. However, after an improved arrangement had been arrived at, the apparatus was found to function perfectly within a steel head. As explained before, coil 11 must have a large number of turns of wire and its core must be highly permeable. It is evident that the amount of potential induced in the pick-up coil when passing under a ship will depend upon the speed of the torpedo, and hence, the speed must be maintained for the apparatus to function properly."
  • :: Note the "speed of the torpedo" would be the source of many failures.
  • Magnetically controlled torpedo firing mechanism, https://patents.google.com/patent/US2398801A/en
  • Torpedo Exploding Mechanism, https://patents.google.com/patent/US2968242A/en Uses exploder Mark 4 Mod 1 as the base. Goal is to displace the firing ring.
  • Firing Means for Torpedoes, https://patents.google.com/patent/US914371A/en
  • Minkler patents: https://patents.google.com/?inventor=Chester+T+Minkler (includes 1929 exercise head and 1933 recorder)
  • Torpedoman's Mate 3 & 2, Volume 1, 1955. United States. Bureau of Naval Personnel. https://books.google.com/books?id=stYKAQAAIAAJ&pg=PA188&lpg=PA188&hl=en&f=false Little detail, but mentions Mark 4 Mods 9/10 and Mark 6 Mod 10 exploders. Confusing, because I thought the Mark 18 torpedo used a copy of the German exploder.
  • : Page 197 shows a picture of the Mark 6 Mod 10. It has the ball switch.
  • : Bottom of page 199 describes using the delay switch to short out the generator. Does not mention increased drag.
  • : page 201 says the Mark 6 Mod 12 has an inertial ring that works the same as the Mark 4 exploder.
  • : page 204 influence exploder description
  • Torpedoman's Mate 1 & C, Volume 1, 1959. https://books.google.com/books?id=EZpFMzfOwxYC&printsec=frontcover&hl=en&f=false
  • : Mark 6 Mod 13 is back to a ball switch.
  • OP 1830 Contact Torpedo Exploder Mechanisms
  • Ordnance Publications Needed for USS Pampanito https://maritime.org/wish/ordpub.htm

[[Battle of the Atlantic]]

Somewhere there were details about the May 1940 introduction of Kennbuch procedures and then a fast break. I think it was Tony Sales' pages, and I probably put it in the talk page timeline.

There were several pinches. Sales' http://www.codesandciphers.org.uk/virtualbp/navenigma/navenig6.htm

Seizing the Enigma has the milchcow attack that went awry.

Enigma

Tony Sale's site has lots of info, http://www.codesandciphers.org.uk/enigma/index.htm

M4 project, http://users.telenet.be/d.rijmenants/en/m4project.htm

Enigma Breaking Project has details, messages, German code forms, http://www.enigma.hoerenberg.com/index.php?cat=Welcome

Steven Hosgood gives details about Banburismus, http://stoneship.org.uk/~steve/banburismus.html

=Issues=

There are several issues to understand here.

Bombe menus.

The doubled indicator procedure could find a stop. If it were right, then the wheel order and start position were known, but the ring position and steckers were not.

If someone started decrypting the message, it would turn to gibberish at the turnover. That could give the ring setting for the fast rotor. I cannot find the ring setting for the middle rotor unless I have a turnover on that rotor. Same for the slow rotor. A few hundred characters should give me the middle rotor, and several thousand characters the slow rotor.

Sales suggests the different turnover positions would give away the rotor. If I know the message indicator is zzA, and I can somehow detect a turnover at zzR (Royal), then I know the rotor is I. But how do I detect the turnover?

The ring setting and the plugboard protect a message indicator sent in the clear. Without rings or plugboard, then one would just try all the rotor orders at the message indicator setting.

The plugboard is a monoalphabetic substitution. Is the M4 project hillclimbing just for calculating that with mono-, bi-, and tri-grams?

=Message numbering and forms=

The German forms.

=Closely run affair=

I think the Herivel tip article leads to a comment by Alexander about its value. The implication is Germans added complexity, but the complexity was incrementally doable. If there had been some major changes, then they would have defeated the attacks.

The Polish bomby relied on message indicator repetition. That system was working fine, but Turing thought it wouldn't last. The British bombe was designed to look for cribs, and it was already being designed/built (check) when the indicator repetition stopped.

Sales has the pinches as necessary because the tables could not be figured out.

The HT may be even more clever. Guess rotor order, but the tip gives both ring settings and rotor positions.

Various contact protection articles

Company had nice pictures, but made some dubious claims.

[[Audion]]

Want frequency characteristics. GBW product.

Blue glow. Can gas breakdown law infer a level of vacuum in the audion? (May not be a glow discharge?)

Ultraaudion, audio converter, adjust filament power, "hissing", imperfect vacuum, shot noise oscillator "works" like Poulsen arc, "siren effect".

The Quarterly Journal of the University of North Dakota, Volume 5, 1915, http://books.google.com/books?pg=PA198&lpg=PA198&dq=frequency+characteristics+audion&sig=sokxdnjRiHXt0hXN6C0j4nosgIM&ei=Ewe6UfPvEcb_igKDoYCQAQ&id=kN8hAAAAMAAJ&ots=P1RqY-boCa&output=text

Poulsen arc

Several early radio publications have explanation. NBS explanation of three modes, only one important.

Nobody gives a good explanation of the IV characteristic. Unidirectional. Carbon electrode can get hot and have thermionic emission. Metal electrode is cooled, so poor thermionic emission. Magnetic blowout.

Ion issue. Looking for gas breakdown to arc but then ability to quench the arc?

IRE Vol 5.

P. O. Pedersen, "On the Poulsen Arc and its Theory" date=August 1917 volume=5 issue=4 page 255

At Hathi Trust? http://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/008616679

Vol 5 also has

Armstrong, A Study of Heterodyne Amplification by the Electron Relay, pp 145

Yagi on transformers, page 433

Glow discharge simulation

Gas discharge tube

:Electric glow discharge

The typical GDT has a low pressure noble gas. For the present, assume that the electrodes do not emit any electrons. Also assume there are no ions.

Consequently, the GDT is an insulator; no current flows.

  • {{citation |last1=Lieberman |first1=Michael A. |last2=Lichtenberg |first2=Allan J. |title=Principles of Plasma Discharges and Materials Processing |publisher=John Wiley & Sons |location=New York |year=1994 |isbn=0-471-00577-0 |page=453 |quote=Considering current density as the controlling variable, the voltage-current characteristic of a dc discharge is shown in Fig. 14.2. The flat region with slightly negative slope dV/dI is that of the normal glow. From low currents, the region below IA is called a dark or Townsend discharge. The glow gradually builds up until a transition is reached, with hysteresis, entering the normal glow at a voltage VS. The voltage remains constant as the current increases until IB, at which point there is an increasing voltage-current characteristic called the abnormal glow. A further increase in current resutls in a rather abrupt transistion at IC}}, again characterized by hysteresis, to a considerable lower voltage discharge known as an arc discharge.}}

=Dark current=

There will be some ions created by light, cosmic rays, or radio activity. Consequently, there will be some positive ions and electrons. With no applied voltage, there is no significant drift and they recombine. Applying a voltage causes the heavy positive ions to drift toward the cathode and the light electrons to drift to the anode. Some could still recombine.

Increasing the applied voltage causes all the generated ions to be swept to the anode and cathode before they recombine. Consequently the current reaches a saturation level of IS that stays constant as the voltage is increased.

See {{Harvtxt|Rutherford|1899|pages=112-113}}.

  • {{cite journal|last=Rutherford |first=E. |author-link=Ernest Rutherford |title=Uranium Radiation and the Electrical Conduction produced by it |journal=Philosophical Magazine |location=London |publisher=Taylor & Francis |series=Series 5 |volume=47 |issue=284 |pages=109–163 |date=January 1899 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=N4u8y0Kf8NQC&pg=PA109 |issn=1941-5982 |lccn=sn86025845 |doi= 10.1080/14786449908621245}}. Also [http://archive.org/details/londonedinburgh5471899lon Archive.org]

=Glow discharge=

At some point, the drifting ions gather enough energy that they can generate more carriers. This region is Townsend discharge, and there are two dominant mechanisms. The first mechanism is electrons colliding with neutral atoms to generate an additional positive ion and electron. The positive ion drifts to the cathode, and the negative electron drifts to the anode. Avalanche multiplication is happening. Now there are two electrons, and each of them may gain enough energy to kick loose more electrons.

Discuss photons... Start of glow.

The second mechanism is secondary emission. When a positive ion crashes into the cathode, it may liberate another electron that will then drift to the anode (and, possibly, free more carriers).

=Breakdown=

Uncontrolled generation.

Switch modes.

Suggestion that secondary emission is now 1 for 1 at ignition / strike.

Extinction voltage.

GE reference says negative resistance, but Tube reference does not.

=Normal and abnormal glow=

=Start of thermionic emission=

Local heating of the electrodes makes it easier to develop a current.

=Arc discharge=

:Arc converter

:: Three modes; switching is Poulsen

::{{Citation |author=Bureau of Standards |author-link=NIST |title=The Principles Underlying Radio Communication |edition=Second |date=24 May 1921 |id=Radio Communications Pamphlet No. 40 |publisher=U.S. Army Signal Corps |isbn=9781440078590 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TsTZCjhSG2EC |ref=none}} http://www.forgottenbooks.org. See following page 400. FSK keying page 415.

:Arc lamp

:Avalanche breakdown

:Electric arc

:Electric discharge in gases

:Spark gap

:Vacuum arc

:Several articles related contact damage and protection

:: Potter and Brumfield, spike and crater, http://relays.te.com/appnotes/app_pdfs/13c3203.pdf

Voltage becomes similar to ionization potential.

Arc discharge requires electrode emission. Thermionic or high field.

Self destruction.

Negative resistance here.

=Glow character=

Image:Electric glow discharge schematic.png and cathode at each end (b) Aston Dark Space(c) Cathode glow (d) Cathode dark space (also called Crookes dark space, or Hittorf dark space) (e) Negative glow (f) Faraday space (g) Positive column (h) Anode glow (i) Anode dark space.]]

Cathode dark space.

Striations.

Faraday dark space.

Column.

Anode glow.

  • http://www.glow-discharge.com/Index.php?Physical_background:Glow_Discharges
  • http://www.physics.csbsju.edu/tk/370/jcalvert/dischg.htm.html
  • Paschen's law
  • http://www.duniway.com/images/pdf/pg/Paschen-Curve.pdf
  • http://home.earthlink.net/~jimlux/hv/paschen.htm
  • http://www.ece.rochester.edu/courses/ECE234/MEMS_ESD.pdf

{{clear}}

=Dubious references=

  • {{Citation |first=Jacob |last=Millman |title=Vacuum-tube and Semiconductor Electronics |year=1958 |publisher=McGraw-Hill |series=McGraw-Hill Electrical and Electronic Engineering Series |chapter= 12 Electrical Discharges in Gases |ref=none }}

Has lots of detail, but does not show reorganization of gas. Has negative resistance region at Townsend breakdown; acute angle.

  • Ott

Ott may have referred to glow region as Townsend discharge. Has an arc being a metal-arc discharge and suggesting that metal ions are involved.

=Neon spectra=

  • http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/quantum/atspect2.html
  • http://www.astrosurf.com/~buil/us/spe2/hresol4.htm
  • http://www.cbu.edu/~jvarrian/252/emspex.html

=Stuff=

I disagree with the notion that devices such as a gas discharge tube exhibit negative resistance.

Consider a non conducting gas tube just below the strike voltage. Now increase by one volt to fire the tube. If the terminal voltage is held constant, then the current increases dramatically instead of falling (as it would in a negative resistance).

If the terminal voltage is then decreased, then the current also decreases. Decrease the voltage enough, and the tube quenches. Where is the negative resistance? I see a state change and hysterisis due to that change, but I don't see a negative resistance.

: The I-V characteristics are complicated. Start out with Townsend discharge that has avalanche multiplication at high end. Then there is dark discharge, glow discharge, and arc discharge. Herbert J. Reich. Noise and shielding book (which is interested in supressing arc to minimize contact damage) only does strike / glow model.

: Neon lamp#Description has an I/V characteristic graph with a negative resistance region, but it is unsourced. Some technical articles suggest state change.

In contrast, if the same terminal measurements are made varying the voltage across a tunnel diode, there's a region where the voltage is increased but the current decreases.

If the independent variable is the current, then yes, there's a point where the current increases but the terminal voltage falls because the tube finally strikes. That transition, however, is also a discontinuous jump on the device IV curve. With the jump, there's no clear notion of a small signal impedance.

I don't see a nonlinearity or hysterisis implying a negative resistance.

Where's a reference that states a gas discharge tube is a negative resistance?

Does a circuit that can be broken somewhere in the feedback loop and display a negative resistance qualify? Negative resistance should not be just another word for power gain. That is the sense used in microwave oscillators, but the wizard behind the curtain is an amplifier.

Philbrick ref (page 8) says it resembles a Howland with infinite load.

Arcing

In addition to Ott...

History of metal arcs. 1903; rediscovered. Voltage less than 6 volts to avoid breakdown.

  • {{citation |date=1967 |first=Ragnar |last=Holm |chapter=Bridge transfer and short arc transfer at contact separation |title=Electric Contacts: Theory and Application |pages=338–347 |chapter-url=http://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007%2F978-3-662-06688-1_65 |publisher=Springer |location=Berlin |isbn=978-3-662-06688-1 |doi=10.1007/978-3-662-06688-1_65}}
  • : Abstract: Bridges in opening metal contacts have been observed a long time ago. Sundorph [1], in 1903, and particularly Angelica Szekely [1], in 1924, studied such bridges. The latter worker stated that the material of the bridge was derived from the anode, and that the bridge always attained such dimensions that its voltage finally remained constant, of the order of 0.5 to 1 V. Visible bridges were easily obtained between iron electrodes. Her publication was little observed. In 1938, the bridges were rediscovered and studied by Betteridge and Laird [1]. They succeeded in photographing stabilized molten bridges between platinum contacts. They showed that the final bridge voltage, before rupture, was of the order of 0.7 to 2 V, depending on the contact metal. They also observed that the hottest section is not in the midst of the bridge. They assumed the Thomson effect to be responsible for the displacement. However, R. Holm [29] remarked that the Thomson effect, at that time measured on solid metals only, had the wrong direction for an explanation of the displacement in platinum. In the following, the Thomson effect can be accepted as the cause of the displacement in platinum because Llewellyn Jones has shown that with platinum contacts the effect changes its sign when the metal melts; see Fig. (66.02).
  • {{citation |last=Kharin |first=Stanislav |contribution=Mathematical model of the short arc phenomena at the initial stage |date= November 1997 |publisher=IEEE |title=Electrical Contacts, Proceedings of the Forty-Third IEEE Holm Conference on Electrical Contacts |pages=289–305 |doi=10.1109/HOLM.1997.638055|isbn=0-7803-3968-1 |s2cid=42566186 }}
  • : Abstract: A mathematical model is presented describing transient phenomena accompanied by a vacuum short arc at the initial stage of contact opening. It enables one to describe the evolution of transient short anode dominated arc, which appears just after the rupture of molten bridge, into diffusive cathode dominated arc. The model of an vacuum arc includes equations for the cathode region (sheath, ionization zone, cathode surface and bulk), arc column and anode region. The heat flux components entering and leaving electrode surfaces owing to ion bombardment, electron emission, inverse electron flux and radiation from the arc, melting, evaporation and heat conduction are taken into account. The peculiarity of this model is the radial dependence of unknowns values and anode spot extension with due regard to both arc column expansion and increasing of conic arc base during contact opening. The model enables one to find the temperature and electrical fields, heat flux components, electron, ion, and inverse back-diffusion components of current density in dependence on current, opening velocity, contact gap, and properties of contact materials. It was found also that the duration of transient anode dominated arc depends on the parameters of liquid bridge. Transition of transient anode arc into diffusive cathode arc is formulated. The results of the calculations for the copper and molybdenum contacts are given for the current range from 100 A to 500 A and opening velocities from 0.5 m/sec to 20 m/sec
  • : https://www.researchgate.net/publication/3723837_Mathematical_model_of_the_short_arc_phenomena_at_the_initial_stage
  • {{citation |last=Haase |first=Roman |contribution=Simulation of relay contact bouncing including a short arc model |date=February 2015 |publisher=IEEE |title=Electrical Contacts, Proceedings of the Annual Holm Conference on Electrical Contacts 2015 |pages=1–7 |doi=10.1109/HOLM.2014.7031064|isbn=978-1-4799-6068-2 |s2cid=22590940 }}
  • : Abstract: The continuous growing requirements on power relays make it necessary to handle higher switching capacities which are represented in an increasing number of switching operations resulting in a demand for an extended lifetime of the relays. Especially by switching direct currents a directed material transfer which is limiting the lifetime can occur. Source voltage from battery systems (e.g. automotive) can scatter in a wide range due to the actual load condition. However several work principles of the relay are functions of the source voltage. Nevertheless the application requires a steady and secure switching behavior to ensure a high life-time. The authors present a simulation model (using MATLAB/SIMULINK) describing a model switch based on a real application. It includes two different contact systems consisting two contact bolts and a contact bridge with a tilting movement. The geometrical dimensions including fabrication tolerances have been considered in the model. Three different electrical loads were investigated in combination with the model switch. A short arc model is created to simulate the current and arc voltage curves during the bouncing process. The evaluation and verification of the created short arc model is based on these three load characteristics. All simulations are validated by measurements.
  • : https://www.researchgate.net/publication/282795495_Simulation_of_relay_contact_bouncing_including_a_short_arc_model
  • http://scitation.aip.org/content/aip/journal/jap/27/4/10.1063/1.1722381
  • http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/j.1538-7305.1955.tb03789.x/abstract
  • {{citation |last=Paul |first=Clayton R. |title=Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility |edition=second |location=Hoboken, NJ |publisher=Wiley |date=2006 |isbn=978-0-471-75500-5}}
  • : https://books.google.com/books?id=6P2Wyram310C&pg=PA362&lpg=PA362&source=bl&hl=en&sa=X&f=false
  • : §5.13.1 pp 360-363 has a clear description of the long and short arc breakdowns
  • Current noise up to GHz band generated by slowly breaking silver-compound contacts with external dc magnetic field
  • : http://www.epjap.org/articles/epjap/pdf/2010/02/ap08447.pdf
  • Contact Arc Phenomenon, n.d., Picker Components, Carrollton, TX, Application Note. Bottom of page 4 is gold.
  • : http://www.pickercomponents.com/pdf/application%20note/Contact_ARC_Phenomenon.pdf
  • {{citation |editor-last=Slade |editor-first=Paul G. |title=Electrical Contacts: Principles and Applications |edition=second |date=2014 |publisher=CRC Press |isbn=978-1-4398-8130-9 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=HC-OAgAAQBAJ&pg=PA4 }}
  • : Looks like p 79 could be a winner...

Color

=Calibration=

  • http://www.drycreekphoto.com/Learn/monitor_calibration_tools.htm
  • http://www.computer-darkroom.com/photocal/photocal_2.htm
  • http://www.dansdata.com/spyder.htm

=Dust removal=

  • Digital ICE
  • Infrared cleaning
  • http://andreas.rick.free.fr/sane/dustremove.html
  • http://support.nikonusa.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/16055/~/sdk-online-procedure
  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last= Edgar

|inventor-first= Albert D.

|title= System and method for image recovery

|publication-date= May 5, 1992

|issue-date= November 30, 1993

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5266805

|description= IR dust removal

|ref=none }}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last= Edgar

|inventor-first= Albert Durr

|inventor2-last= Kasson

|inventor2-first= James Matthews

|title= Automatic cross color elimination

|publication-date= January 11, 1996

|issue-date= September 30, 1997

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5673336

|description= ROC

|ref=none }}

Server

For good background, see [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/FAQ TranslateWiki.net FAQ].

meta:Help:Magic words

  • Timestamps: {{CURRENTDATE}}; {{CURRENTTIME}}; {{REVISIONID}}; {{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}
  • Site name: {{SITENAME}}
  • Plural: 0 {{plural:0|count|counts}}, 1 {{plural:1|count|counts}}, 6 {{plural:6|count|counts}}
  • Gender
  • Glrx (1 option) {{gender:Glx|Only one option}}
  • Glrx (3 option) {{gender:Glrx|male|female|unknown}}
  • self (3 option) {{gender:|male|female|unknown}}
  • default (3 option) {{gender:.|male|female|unknown}}
  • JamesBWatson (3 option) {{gender:JamesBWatson|male|female|unknown}}
  • Liz (3 option) {{gender:Liz|male|female|unknown}}
  • Apteva (3 option) {{gender:Apteva|male|female|unknown}}
  • Delphi234 (3 option) {{gender:Delphi234|male|female|unknown}}
  • MelanieN (3 option) {{gender:MelanieN|male|female|unknown}}

meta:Help:Parser function

  • formatnum {{formatnum:987654321.654321}}
  • Lowercase and strip white space: {{lc: ABCD }}
  • Urlencode {{urlencode: frog-%heaven can wait}}
  • games with {{tl|Valid SVG}}
  • : PAGENAME {{PAGENAME}}
  • : localurl {{localurl:{{PAGENAME}}}} (not in User: space)
  • : fullurl {{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}} (not in User: space)
  • : filepath(First Ionization Energy.svg) {{filepath:First Ionization Energy.svg}}
  • :: ?uri=http:{{urlencode:{{filepath:First Ionization Energy.svg}}}}
  • : on Commons, the template is different...
  • : {{fullurl}}
  • : {{canonicalurl:Special:Filepath/First Ionization Energy.svg}}
  • RDF hack (used on Commons)
  • https://www.w3.org/RDF/Validator/rdfval?PARSE&TRIPLES_AND_GRAPH=PRINT_TRIPLES&FORMAT=PNG_EMBED&URI={{urlencode:{{filepath:{{PAGENAME}}}}}}

Conditionals http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Extension:ParserFunctions

  • String empty test: {{#if: |test string is not empty|test string is empty}}
  • numeric equality test (01=1): {{#ifeq: 01 | 1 |equal|not equal}}
  • string equality test ("01"="1"): {{#ifeq: "01" | "1" |equal|not equal}}
  • which case (casex): {{#switch:casex|case1=Case 1 |casea |case2=Case 2 |case3=Case 3 |default result}}

meta:Help:calculation

  • 1+2 = {{#expr:1+2}}
  • pi = {{#expr:pi}}
  • sin(π/6) = {{#expr:sin(30*pi/180)}}

Rounding

  • 22 / 7 round 2 = {{#expr: 22/7 round 2}}
  • 13 / (13 + 17 + 2) round 2 = {{#expr: 13 / (13 + 17 + 2) round 2}}
  • 0 = 0 : {{#ifeq: 0 | 0 | true | false }}
  • 1 = 0 : {{#ifeq: 1 | 0 | true | false }}
  • 1-1 = 0 : {{#ifeq: {{#expr: 1-1}} | 0 | true | false }}
  • 22/0 : {{#ifeq: 0 | 0 | — | {{#expr: 22/0 round 2}} }}
  • 22/7 : {{#ifeq: 7 | 0 | — | {{#expr: 22/7 round 2}} }}

=Grammar=

Grammar doesn't do anything on en.WP?

Try on de.WP for declension.

  • {{grammar:genitive|he}}
  • {{grammar:genitive|she}}
  • {{grammar:genitive|it}}
  • {{grammar:genitive|one}}
  • {{grammar:genitive|{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}}}}
  • {{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}}

Related plural magic word:

  • 0 {{plural:0|letter|letters}}
  • 1 {{plural:1|letter|letters}}
  • 2 {{plural:1|letter|letters}}
  • 0.3 {{plural:0.3|letter|letters}}

=tl template tests=

Documentation is wrong. See table at end of documentation.

  • {{tl|cite}} using tl
  • {{tl|cite|sister=simple}} using tl with sister=simple (sister does not work)
  • {{tls|cite}} using tls
  • {{tls|cite|sister=simple}} tls with sister=simple (sister does not work)
  • {{tl2|cite}} using tl2
  • {{tl2|cite|sister=simple}} using tl2 with sister=simple
  • {{tlx|cite|sister=simple}} using tlx with sister=simple (sister does not work)
  • {{tltt|cite|sister=simple}} using tltt with sister=simple (sister does not work)
  • {{tlg|cite|sister=simple}} using tlg with sister=simple (sister does not work)

=Coordinates=

See {{tl|Coord}} at Helper functions.

There's also Wikipedia:WikiProject Geographical coordinates#Creating new templates

  • {{Q|Q131305}} {{Q|P625}} {{#statements:P625|from=Q131305}}
  • : how to get at components of a coordinate?
  • {{coord|45.678|123.456}}
  • : lat: {{#invoke:coordinates|coord2text|{{coord|45.678|123.456}}|lat}}
  • : long: {{#invoke:coordinates|coord2text|{{coord|45.678|123.456}}|long}}
  • : lat_d: {{#invoke:coordinates|coord2text|{{coord|45.678|123.456}}|lat_d}}
  • {{coord|45|20|20|N|123|45|20|W}}
  • : lat: {{#invoke:coordinates|coord2text|{{coord|45|20|20|N|123|45|20|W}}|lat}}
  • : long: {{#invoke:coordinates|coord2text|{{coord|45|20|20|N|123|45|20|W}}|long}}
  • http://aa.usno.navy.mil/data/docs/celnavtable.php
  • : http://aa.usno.navy.mil/cgi-bin/aa_flamenav.pl?ID=AA&calc=7&qq1=1937&qq2=7&qq3=2&qq4=17&qq5=45&qq6=50&qqo=all&yy0=1&yy1=0&yy2=48.4&xx0=-1&xx1=176&xx2=37&ZZZ=END
  • :: ID=gensym
  • :: date: qq1=year qq2=month qq3=day qq4=HH qq5=MM qq6=SS
  • :: objects: qqo={all | ss}
  • :: latitude: yy0={1=N,-1=S} yy1=deg yy2=min.utes
  • :: longitude: xx0={1=E,-1=W} xx1=deg xx2=min.utes
  • :: ZZZ=END
  • : https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Extension:ParserFunctions##time
  • : http://aa.usno.navy.mil/cgi-bin/aa_flamenav.pl?ID=foo&calc=7 ... &qqo=all ... &ZZZ=END
  • :: Time parser:
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15Z → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15Z}}
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 PST → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 PST}}
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 HST → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 HST}}
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 -1030 → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 -1030}}
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 -10:30 → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 -10:30}}
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 -08:00 → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 -08:00}}
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 GMT-08:00 → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 GMT-08:00}}
  • :: Allegedly, time parser will not take fractional hours such as +10.5 hours, so use +630 minutes
  • ::: 1937-07-02 07:15 +630 minutes → {{#time: Y-m-d H:i:s | 1937-07-02 07:15 +630 minutes}}
  • ::: altogether: {{#time:"&qq1="Y"&qq2="n"&qq3="j"&qq4="H"&qq5="i"&qq6="s|1937-07-02 07:15 +630 minutes}}
  • ::: &qq1= &qq2= &qq3= &qq4= &qq5= &qq6=
  • :: -45.678
  • ::: &yy0={{#ifexpr:(-45.678)<0|-1|1}}&yy1={{#expr:floor abs(-45.678)}}&yy2={{#expr:(abs(-45.678) - floor(abs(-45.678)))*60}}
  • :: -123.45
  • ::: &xx0={{#ifexpr:(-123.45)|-1|1}}&xx1={{#expr:floor abs(-123.45)}}&xx2={{#expr:(abs(-123.45) - floor(abs(-123.45)))*60}}

Language

The current language is {{lang}}. (another Commons issue?)

Statement in another language: {{lang|de|Ich bin ein Berliner.}} (I am a jelly donut.)

  • {{langx|en|English sentence.}}
  • {{langx|it|Italian sentence.}}
  • {{langx|fr|French sentence.}}
  • {{langx|de|German sentence.}}
  • {{langx|de|Ich bin ein Berliner.}}
  • {{translated page|de|German sentence.}} (German has odd behavior of including message about German wiki. Becomes {{tl|iw-ref|de}})

:LangSwitch below replaced in [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Glrx/sandbox&diff=690940419&oldid=690724804 this edit]

LangSwitch (Commons?) is not connecting {{LangSwitch|en=English trouble |de=German trouble |fr=French trouble |default=Default trouble}}:{{#switch:{{CONTENTLANG}}|en=English trouble |de=German trouble |fr=French trouble |#default=Default trouble}}

Language

  • zh {{#language:zh}}
  • zh-CN {{#language:zh-CN}}
  • zh-TW {{#language:zh-TW}}
  • zh-HK {{#language:zh-HK}}
  • zh-Hans {{#language:zh-Hans}}
  • zh-Hant {{#language:zh-Hant}}

Research

=Barcode =

Pretty basic, but has other citations:

  • {{citation |country-code=US |patent-number=6095420 |inventor1-last=KAWAI HIROAKI [JP]; SATO SHINICHI [JP]; ITOH MOTOHIKO [JP]; WATANABE MITSUO [JP]; IWAGUCHI ISAO [JP] |inventor1-first= |title=Method of decoding bar codes and bar code reader |ref=none}}

=Spencer=

Autoload but manually cocked.

  • Spencer

=Winchester=

File:Henry Winchester Musket.JPG

  • Volcanic patent?
  • {{citation |title=Improvement in Fire-arms |country-code=US |patent-number=10535 |inventor1-last=Smith |inventor1-first=H. |inventor2-last=Wesson |inventor2-first=Daniel B. |issue-date=14 February 1854}}. Drawing is "Magazine Firearm".
  • : Company started out as Smith and Wesson. B. Tyler Henry was an employee.
  • : New company appeared as Volcanic Repeating Arms Company. Volcanic purchased patent rights from Smith and Wesson.
  • : Financial difficulties in 1856 lead to loans from stockholders. O. F. Winchester got most of the property in the company to cover the loans.
  • {{Citation |country-code=US |patent-number=30446 |inventor-last=Henry |inventor-first=B. Tyler |title=Improvement in Magazine Fire-Arms |publication-date= |issue-date=October 16, 1860 |assign1=O. F. Winchester}}. Title on drawing is "Magazine Fire Arm".
  • : Possible safety built into lever: if trigger is back, then lever won't close
  • {{Citation |country-code=US |patent-number=55012 |inventor-last=King |inventor-first= Nelson |title=Improvement in Magazine Fire-Arms |publication-date=March 29, 1866??? |issue-date=May 22, 1866 |assign1=O. F. Winchester}}. Title on drawing is "Magazine Fire-Arm".
  • :: Also Google: https://docs.google.com/viewer?url=patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/US55012.pdf
  • :: Reissue 9157, 13 April 1880, https://docs.google.com/viewer?url=patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/USRE9157.pdf
  • ::: I've hit reissue several times before, but cannot find them on espacenet.
  • ::: How do I get that? {{citation |country-code=US |patent-number=RE9157}} does not work
  • : Good description of 1866.
  • :: Can use for many details such as narrowing of bolt (breech pin).
  • :: Surprisingly, the King Gate opens out in the patent; it opens in for the 1873 (and probably 1866)
  • :: Mortise has hole for carrier lift.
  • :: Terminology: e.g., breech bin
  • : http://marauder.homestead.com/files/model66.html
  • :: has good illustration that shows details such as carrier
  • : barrel says "KING'S IMPROVEMENT-PATENTED- MARCH 29 1866"
  • : Nelson King had succeeded B. Tyler Henry
  • : In 1866, some Henrys had improved gates; maybe the improved Henry was the Winchester 66
  • :: Some reference may comment on what the catalogs named different models
  • : 1866 Winchester had King gate and was called the "yellow boy"
  • {{cite patent|inventor-last=Winchester |inventor-first=O. F. |title=Improvement in Magazine Fire-Arms |country-code=US |patent-number=57808 |publication-date= |issue-date=4 September 1866}}
  • : No King gate. Credits Smith and Wesson for the tubular magazine 14 February 1854. Faults design as having open slot. This magazine design with inner tube. Also good description of the how feeding works (design details about clearance, ejection, etc) but different terminology: breech pin (bolt), piston (firing pin). Raises issue about a spring holding the lever closed as well as second spring to hold elevator up. Separate spring z for each of levers F and H (page 2, col 1).
  • 1873 (what changed?)
  • : Reproduction has nice pictures: http://www.realguns.com/articles/615.htm
  • : note carrier is flush with bottom of receiver; carrier rises above receiver at ejection.
  • 1876 (added safety, but many with safety are labeled 1873)

File:Winchester 73 open.JPG

I'm confused about the models. The simple explanation appears to be 1866 (rimfire) is without the safety, the 1873 has a safety, and the 1876 has a longer receiver for the longer cartridges. Winchester could not make the 1876 strong enough for the government cartridge, so it used a slightly different cartridge.

  • This site shows internals for two 1873 rifles: one with and one without the safety
  • : http://www.historicalfirearms.info/post/53538176903/cutaway-of-the-day-winchester-model-1873-the
  • 1873 at auction does not have safety, "Shipped from the warehouse Sept. 24, 1874, order number 1805, with factory letter."
  • : {{cite web |title=1st Model Deluxe Winchester 1873 Rifle |url=http://www.icollector.com/1st-Model-Deluxe-Winchester-1873-Rifle_i11003713 |accessdate=28 October 2015}}
  • {{cite book |last=Sharpe |first=Philip B. |title=The Rifle in America |date=1995 |orig-date=1938 |publisher=Odysseus Editions |pages=222–225}}

Henry rifle; rimfire .44 Henry rifle cartridge. Had a follower but no forestock. Manufactured 1860 to 1866. Apparently iron or brass receiver. Iron first, brass second.

Winchester 1866. Still rimfire? King gate. Yellow boy.

Winchester 73. Pictures vary all over the map. Don't believe it had a safety. Iron and then steel action.

: .44 revised Henry rifle

: .44-40 Winchester = .44 WCF = .44/40

: .38-40 Winchester - necked down .44/40 = .38 WCF but not ??? (1874)

: .32-20 Winchester - same length with bottleneck (1882)

: .25-20 Winchester

Winchester 76. With safety. longer receiver for longer cartridges.

: The government .45-70 was too long for the '73 action.

: .45-75 Winchester - same as .45/70 but lighter bullet and more powder

: .45-60 Winchester

: .40-60 Winchester

: .50-95 Express

But page 228A shows an 1876 in .44/40 (something that Sharpe does not list as a cartridge for the '76.) The receiver is longer and it has a safety.

  • {{cite patent |inventor1-last=Browning |inventor1-first=J. M. |inventor2-last=Browning |inventor2-first=M. S. |title=Magazine Fire Arm |country-code=US |patent-number=306577 |issue-date=14 October 1884}}
  • {{cite patent |inventor1-last=Browning |inventor1-first=J. M. |title=Magazine Gun |country-code=US |patent-number=524702 |issue-date=21 August 1894}}
  • {{cite patent |inventor1-last=Browning |inventor1-first=J. M. |title=Box Magazine Firearm |country-code=US |patent-number=549345 |issue-date=5 November 1895}} Box magazine

=Maxim=

  • Find Maxim patents for issues about feed
  • http://www.victorianshipmodels.com/autoMG/Maxim/secondprototype.html
  • {{Citation |country-code=US |patent-number=317161 |inventor-first=H S |inventor-last=M |title=foo |issue-date=xxx |publication-date=yyy |ref=none}} (guess from image on net)
  • {{Citation |inventor1-last= Maxim |inventor1-first= Hiram Stevens |inventor2-last=Silverman |inventor2-first= Louis |country-code=GB |patent-number=189700207 |issue-date=October 30, 1897 |title=Improvements in the Firing Mechanism of Automatic Guns |ref=none}}
  • {{Citation |inventor1-last= Maxim |inventor1-first= Hiram Stevens |country-code=GB |patent-number=189607468 |issue-date= February 27, 1897 |title=Improvements in Automatic Guns |ref=none}}, gas action for machine guns
  • {{Citation |inventor1-last= Maxim |inventor1-first= Hiram Stevens |country-code=GB |patent-number=189607045 |issue-date= March 13, 1897 |title= Improvements in Automatic Machine Guns |ref=none}}, breech mechanism of machine gun

:The Book of the Machine Gun By Frederick Victor Longstaff, A. Hilliard Atteridge

  • http://books.google.com/books?id=vBpAAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA24&lpg=PA24&source=bl&hl=en&f=false

:footnote, page 24

::The first of the Maxim patents is dated July 16 1883 No 3493 It is for an invention of improvements in machine or battery guns and in cartridges for the same and other firearms In the No 3493 the feed block was in the bottom of body There are further patents dated 1884 January 3 No 606 and February 23 No 3844 for machine guns There is a patent May 23 of the same year No 9407 for a cartridge feed and October 2 No 13113 for the lubrication of machine guns There are further patents dated January 29 1885 No 1307 and July 8 1885 No 8281 this last being the first patent in which the machine gun assumed much the present Maxim form There are further patents in 1890 1892 1894 and 1895 in the names of Sir HS Maxim or jointly with his assistant L Silverman The 1895 patent No 5864 dated March 20 describes the form of lock now in use.

  • synthesize patent numbers to look for hits (patents before 1895 not found -- there is a date limit on espacenet)...
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=188303493 |issue-date=16 July 1883 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=188400606 |issue-date=3 January 1884 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=188403844 |issue-date=23 February 1884 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=188409407 |issue-date=23 May 1884 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=188501307 |issue-date=29 January 1885 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=188508281 |issue-date=8 July 1885 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number=189505864 |issue-date=20 March 1895 |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}
  • {{cite patent |country-code=GB |patent-number= |issue-date= |title=Title |inventor1-last=Maxim |inventor1-first=Hiram Stevens |inventor1-link=Hiram Stevens Maxim |ref=none}}

=Poulsen arc=

Describe the gain mechanism.

GoogleWiFi

  • http://mv-voice.com/news/2013/07/25/google-makes-more-wifi-promises July 25, 2013
  • http://mv-voice.com/news/2013/01/31/amid-complaints-google-promises-wifi-upgrades Jan 31, 2013
  • https://groups.google.com/d/topic/google-wifi-network/0CXAJhb5c_o

Junk

  • http://dockets.justia.com/docket/louisiana/lamdce/3:2011cv00561/42159 Radford docket
  • http://docs.justia.com/cases/federal/district-courts/louisiana/lamdce/3:2011cv00561/42159/99/0.pdf Radford ruling
  • http://www.nationwidebarcode.com/purchase-barcodes/gs1-or-nationwide-barcode/ Barcode registry issue
  • http://idhistory.com/standards/UCC%20Settlement%20Dec%202003.pdf (unseen)

Gaseous conductors

  • http://books.google.com/books?id=PfkgAAAAMAAJ 1939, Fundamental Processes of Electrical Discharge in Gases, Loeb
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=NOafAAAAMAAJ 1948, Electrons in Gases, Sir John Townsend
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=Vwk6AAAAMAAJ 1924, Motion of electrons in gases, Townsend
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=H4w6AAAAMAAJ 1964, Investigations into Electrical Discharges in Gases,
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=1KE4AAAAIAAJ 1939, The distribution of electron energies in a gas in an electrical field, Loeb
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=BBpWAAAAMAAJ 1915, Electricity in gases, Townsend
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=5BOnN4lWCKEC 1910, The Theory of Ionization of Gases by Collision, Townsend
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=mkcNAQAAIAAJ 1958, Gaseous Conductors: Theory and Engineering Applications, Cobine
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=J1xDAAAAIAAJ 1932, Electrical Phenomena in Gases, Darrow
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=ZLbJucRunIkC 1955, Basic Processes of Gaseous Electronics, Loeb
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=Ryw4AAAAMAAJ 1903, The discharge of electricity through gases: lectures delivered on the occasion of the sesquicentennial celebration of Princeton university, J. J. Thompson
  • http://books.google.com/books?id=zIs6AAAAMAAJ 1909, Conduction of electricity through gases and radio-activity: a text-book with experiments, McClung

Quick coupler

  • Air-Line Fittings
  • Lincoln Industrial Corporation#The Lincoln 815 Air Coupler
  • {{cite patent |title=Air Hose Quick Coupler |country-code=US |patent-number=3873062 |inventor1-last=Johnson |inventor1-first=Jerry Lynn |inventor2-last=Adams |inventor2-first=Donald L. |issue-date=1975-03-25 |ref=none}}
  • Patent US6354564
  • http://www.hoseandfittingsetc.com/product/fittings/quick-couplings/pneumatic-qc
  • "The 1/4" UC Series Couplers accept the industrial interchange, [(MIL-C-4109F) and (ANSI/(NFPA) T3.20.14-1990)], 10 Series (Tru-Flate) and the 50 series (ARO 210) style nipples."
  • http://www.landandmaritime.dla.mil/Downloads/MilSpec/Docs/MIL-C-4109/mil4109not1.pdf A-A-59439
  • http://www.prc68.com/I/AirTools.shtml

Printer technology

Grit versus knurled wheel printer controversy. "B & L agrees that the use of grit provides great advantages over a knurled wheel. In particular, grit is much harder and sharper than the points of a knurled wheel, and so is especially effective in creating indentations in the paper." (909 F.2d 1464 @ ¶ 16.)

  • Hewlett-Packard Co. v. Bausch & Lomb Inc., 722 F.Supp. 595, 13 USPQ2d 1105 (N.D.Cal.1989) http://law.justia.com/cases/federal/district-courts/FSupp/722/595/2592744/

::Apparently, the varying compression of the rubber rolls hampered the plotter's ability to achieve accurate registration. Eventually, the idea of using rubber wheels was discarded as imperfect. Instead, LaBarre considered knurling metal rolls, spiraling sandpaper on the outside of them with the grit out, or impregnating epoxy coated wheels with grit particles. (@597)

::Lloyd first learned of the LaBarre invention when one of his co-workers at Versatec returned from a trade show and described the drive system invented by LaBarre to a group of fellow engineers. "[I]t was our impression that someone had finally solved the problem of how to move paper accurately." (@603–604)

:: Mr. Yeiser himself, who would qualify as one skilled in the art, could not build a successful X-Y plotter. (@606)

::In 40 passes across the paper, the cumulative error was less than .003 inches. Inspired, he wrote in his diary, "They work `Eureka'." (@597)

  • Hewlett-Packard Co. v. Bausch & Lomb Inc., 909 F.2d 1464 (CA Fed Cir 1990) http://openjurist.org/909/f2d/1464/hewlett-packard-company-v-bausch-and-lomb-incorporated
  • U.S. Pat. No. 3,761,950 (got number from District Court) Re 31,684 (Yeiser) (what is the Re 31684 notation? Notice of Allowance?) No, something else: "B & L's grant to Ametek of a license under the Yeiser reissue patent No. Re 31,684." (722 F.Supp @ 606)

: knurling is diamond pattern. "The drive wheels for moving paper are made of rubber or metal; and can be smooth or knurled." (quoting patent) 722 F.Supp @600

  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,384,298 (LaBarre) (Patent examiner knew of Yeiser, so presumption of validity is strong. ¶ 14)

LaBarre was an "apparatus" patent. Differences in performance are not relevant. (¶ 18):

:Claim 1 of LaBarre is an apparatus claim, and apparatus claims cover what a device is, not what a device does. An invention need not operate differently than the prior art to be patentable, but need only be different. ... By focussing its argument on the alleged lack of "operational differences" between the device of the claim language and the prior art, B & L has utterly failed to point out any evidence, much less clear and convincing evidence, of why one skilled in the art would replace the knurled wheel of Yeiser with one having a random pattern, size and shape of rough spots.

Toroid winding machine

Interesting machine that winds toroid cores. Basic plan is to get a loop of wire rotating through toroid; coil falls off loop and gets wrapped around the toroid; toroid spins to evenly distribute the wire.

{{harvtxt|Baker|1959}} uses a soldering iron (for starting?). I don't see slip off is regulated. Loop is distored to travel through toroid.

{{harvtxt|Oshima|1964}} has some slip cups above and below the toroid (10, 10'). Slip may be through bobbin.

{{harvtxt|Fahrbach|1967}}

{{harvtxt|Potthoff|1978}} Hand crank, drive belt pulled inside so loop can travel through torid.

  • US 841305 Atwood Jan 1907
  • US 3000580 Matovich, Jr Sept 1961
  • US 3451631 Tillman June 1969
  • US 3811629 Sedgewick May 1974
  • US 545674 Burns 3 Sept 1895
  • US 2102692 Franz 21 Dec 1937
  • {{citation |inventor-last=Baker |inventor-first=W. W. |title=Ring Winding Machine |country-code=US |patent-number=2905399 |air-date=6 August 1956 |issue-date=22 September 1959}}
  • {{citation |inventor-last=Oshima |inventor-first=Shintaro |title=Winding Machine for Magnetic Cores of Small Size |country-code=US |patent-number=3132816 |air-date=29 August 1960 |issue-date=12 May 1964}}
  • {{citation |inventor-last=Fahrbach |inventor-first=Rudolf |title=Method and Apparatus for Winding Toroidal Coils |country-code=US |patent-number=3307991 |air-date=1 April 1963 |issue-date=7 March 1967 }}
  • {{citation |inventor-last=Potthoff |inventor-first=Clifford M. |title=Toroidal Core Winder |country-code=US |patent-number=4127238 |air-date=6 J8une 1977 |issue-date=28 November 1978}}

Patents

=Tektronix=

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Kobbe

|inventor-first= John R.

|inventor2-last= Polits

|inventor2-first= William J.

|title= Electrical Probe

|issue-date= April 21, 1959

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 2883619

|ref=none}}

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Zeidlhack

|inventor-first= Donald F.

|inventor2-last= White

|inventor2-first= Richard K.

|title= Transmission Line Termination Circuit

|issue-date= October 6, 1970

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 3532982

|ref=none}}

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Zeidlhack

|inventor-first= Donald F.

|title= Shielded cable having auxiliary signal conductors formed integral with shield

|issue-date= July 20, 1971

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 3594491

|ref=none}}

=Noise=

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Noise source module for microwave test systems

|issue-date= July 31, 2001

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 6268735

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Transistor Noise Measuring Apparatus

|issue-date= November 9, 1971

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 3619780

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Measuring noise figure and y-factor

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5191294

|ref=none}}. Wiltron

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Signal plus noise to noise measuring equipment

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 3302116

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Six-port reflectometer test arrangement and method including calibration

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4808912

|ref=none}}. Marconi

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Electronic microwave calibration device

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5434511

|ref=none}}. ATN Microwave, Inc.

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Apparatus and method for determining single sideband noise figure from double sideband measurements

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5416422

|ref=none}}. Hewlett-Packard

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Noise parameter determination method

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4905308

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Arrangement for automatic and continuous measuring of the noise factor of an electric device

|issue-date= August 25, 1959

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 2901696

|ref=none}} Gated.

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Noise-factor meter

|issue-date= December 2, 1952

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 2620438

|ref=none}} Gated.

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Automatic noise figure meter

|issue-date= October 5, 1954

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 2691098

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Architecture for RF signal automatic test equipment

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 6066953

|ref=none}}. Teradyne. Network Analyzer?

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Noise parameter determination method

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4905308

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= Electronic microwave calibration device

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5434511

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = x

|inventor-first=

|title= System for setting reference reactance for vector corrected measurements

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4858160

|ref=none}}

  • {{cite patent

|inventor-last = mumble

|inventor-first=

|title= mumble

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 3209279

|ref=none}}

=Directional bridge=

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Dalebroux

|inventor-first= Donald J.

|title= Frequency selective improvement of the directivity of a return loss bridge

|issue-date= September 4, 2003

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 6690177

|ref=none}}. Hand draw figures. Improve directivity. Tektronix.

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Burkhardt

|inventor-first= Wolfgang

|inventor2-last= Danzeisen

|inventor2-first= Klaus

|title= Bridge for Measuring the Reflection Coefficient

|issue-date= September 22, 1992

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5150063

|ref=none}}. Rhode-Schwarz.

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Marsland

|inventor-first= Robert A.

|title= Directional Sampling Bridge

|issue-date= June 9, 1992

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 5121067

|ref=none}}. Stanford University. 100GHz.

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Donecker

|inventor-first= S. Bruce

|inventor2-last= Botka

|inventor2-first= Julius K.

|title= Three section termination for an R.F. triaxial directional bridge

|issue-date= May 13, 1986

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4588970

|ref=none}}. Hewlett-Packard. Earlier of 4720677.

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Donecker

|inventor-first= S. Bruce

|inventor2-last= Botka

|inventor2-first= Julius K.

|title= R. F. Triaxial Directional Bridge

|issue-date= Jan 19, 1988

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4720677

|ref=none}}. Hewlett-Packard

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Cannon

|inventor-first= Wayne C.

|inventor2-last= Barr IV

|inventor2-first= John T.

|title= Vector network analyzer with integral processor

|issue-date= March 28, 1989

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4816767

|ref=none}}. VNA. Hewlett-Packard. Also use FFT to get time domain. 8510?

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Marzalek

|inventor-first= Michael S.

|inventor2-last= Wheelwright

|inventor2-first= Lynn M.

|title= Spectrum analyzer having enterable offsets and automatic display zoom

|issue-date= January 6, 1981

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4244024

|ref=none}}. Spectrum analyzer. Older VNA? Hewlett-Packard. Was cited in US 4816767.

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Ice

|inventor-first= George E.

|title= Return Loss Test Set

|issue-date= March 22, 1977

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4013949

|ref=none}}. doubled bridge? GTE Automatic Electric Lab.

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last = Dunsmore

|inventor-first= Joel P.

|title= Dual directional bridge and balun used as reflectometer test set

|issue-date= October 9, 1990

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 4962359

|ref=none}}. Test set. 300kHz to 3.0GHz. Hewlett-Packard.

=Directional coupler=

  • {{Citation

|inventor-last =

|inventor-first=

|title=

|country-code= US

|patent-number=

|doi=}}

=Spot welding=

It's a small world. I was looking at spot welding, and someone provided a early Popular Mechanics article that made me wonder who invented spot welding. A long time later, I'm looking at oscillators and come across Elihu Thomson with a singing arc -- something I'd heard about in my youth. Then I find out he invented resistance welding:

  • {{Citation |inventor-last=Thomson |inventor-first=Elihu |inventorlink=Elihu Thomson |country-code=US |patent-number=347140 |title=Apparatus for Electric Welding |publication-date=29 March 1886 |issue-date=10 August 1886 |ref=none }}
  • {{Citation |inventor-last=Thomson |inventor-first=Elihu |inventorlink=Elihu Thomson |country-code=US |patent-number=451345 |title=Method of Electric Welding |publication-date=14 June 1890 |issue-date=28 April 1891 |ref=none }}

: Thomson proposed transformers, batteries, and dynamos for the high current source in the first patent.

  • [http://www.hobbyspotwelders.com/ hobbyspotwelders] has some information in its "Spot Welding" menu.
  • [http://www.sunstoneengineering.com/ Sunstone Engineering] has a technical resources page on its website. It also has some videos showing some spot welding being done.
  • [http://www.philpem.me.uk/elec/welder/ The Poor Man's Battery Tab Welder] describes a jury rigged capacitive discharge spot welder suitable for 3 mil thick Nickel ribbons.
  • [http://www.hpmuseum.org/cgi-sys/cgiwrap/hpmuseum/archv009.cgi?read=21825 HP Forum Archive 09] has a discussion of spot welding batteries and spot welding schedules.
  • [http://www.miyachi1.com Miyachi Unitek website] has many technical resources available from its home page.
  • [http://www.aws.org/wj/2005/07/032 Power Supply Designed for Small-Scale Resistance Spot Welding] discusses weld nugget quality control.
  • {{Citation

|country-code=US

|patent-number= 2077600

|issue-date= September 3, 1936

|title= Welding by the Charge of a Condenser

|inventor-first= G. W.

|inventor-last= Watson

|ref=none}}. A capacitor (aka condenser) is used to limit the energy delivered during a spot welding operation. Capacitor is charged rather than discharged. Goal is delicate work.

  • {{Citation

|country-code= US

|patent-number= 2184627

|issue-date= July 15, 1937

|title= Dual Current Condenser Welder

|inventor-first= G. W.

|inventor-last= Watson

|ref=none}}. Second condenser is discharged into the weld. "I have discovered that the weld is considerably improved if a second condenser is provided and connected in such a manner that it discharges into the weld...."

  • {{Citation

|country-code=US

|patent-number= 2428390

|issue-date= April 26, 1945

|title= Welding System

|inventor-first= C. G.

|inventor-last= Smith

|ref=none}}. Capacitive discharge with mechanical energy storage and step down transformer. Goal is high peak powers.

  • {{Citation

|country-code=US

|patent-number= 2942214

|issue-date= March 7, 1957

|title= Long-Lived Impulse Transformer

|inventor-first=

|inventor-last= x

|ref=none}}. Construction details for welding transformer.

  • {{Citation

|country-code=US

|patent-number= 3050618

|issue-date= July 13, 1961

|title= Portable Spot Welding Tool

|inventor-first= M. N.

|inventor-last= Fischer

|ref=none}}. Capacitive discharge spot welder with stepdown transformer. Goal is delicate work.

  • {{Citation

|country-code=US

|patent-number= 3211885

|issue-date= June 28, 1962

|title= Spot Welder

|inventor-first= M. N.

|inventor-last= Fischer

|ref=none}}.

  • {{Citation

|country-code=US

|patent-number= 6756558

|issue-date= June 29, 2004

|title= High Current, Low Impedance Resistance Welding Device

|inventor-first= T. E.

|inventor-last= Salzer

|inventor2-last= et al.

|ref=none}}. Goal is welding seams that have a resistance in the 1 to 100 micro-ohm range.

=Digital caliper=

  • https://www.digikey.com/en/articles/techzone/2015/nov/innovative-encoders-deliver-durability-and-precision-without-tradeoffs
  • : states that C. E. Johannson was interested in a digital caliper.
  • : He approached Nils Ingvar Andermo in Sweden, who advised against magnetostrictive and recommended capacitive sensor
  • : the Johannson caliper (Jocal) appeared in 1980
  • : Johannson licensed the technology to Mitutoyo
  • [http://patents.justia.com/inventor/nils-ingvar-andermo Andermo patents] (no obvious candidate for time frame)
  • : {{cite patent |title=foo |country-code=US |patent-number=5670887}} 1996 file 1997 grant; may point back
  • : US3668672 Parnell simple analog? prior art?
  • : {{cite patent |title=foo |country-code=US |patent-number=4879508}} Andermo 1986-1989

hyphen

For just pages=, a hyphen is changed to an endash. U+2011 or #8209; is a nonbreaking hyphen. (- ‑ − – —)

  • {{cite book |author=John Q. Public |title=Some Book |at=13-14 |ref=none}} (at=)
  • {{cite book |author=John Q. Public |title=Some Book |page=13-14 |ref=none}} (page=)
  • {{cite book |author=John Q. Public |title=Some Book |pages=13–14 |ref=none}} (pages=)
  • {{cite book |author=John Q. Public |title=Some Book |pages=13-14–13-20 |ref=none}} (pages=) (wrong)
  • {{cite book |author=John Q. Public |title=Some Book |pages=13‑14–13‑20 |ref=none}} (pages= using non-breaking hyphen; position shifts)

Descreening

File:The Gillette Blade February 1918 p05.jpg

Scanned halftone images have problems. Moiré patterns.

There was a paper by Picture Elements, Inc. about filterning the images, but I cannot find it. DFTs found the screen frequency and screen angle.

  • {{cite report |first1=Anne R. |last1=Kenney |first2=Louis H. |last2=Sharpe II |first3=Barbara |last3=Berger |first4=Rick |last4=Crowhurst |first5=D. Michael |last5=Ott |first6=Allen |last6=Quirk |date=July 1999 |publisher=Library of Congress |title=Illustrated Book Study: Digital Conversion Requirements Printed Illustrations, Part 1 |url=https://www.loc.gov/preservation/resources/rt/illbk/index.html |ref=none}}
  • {{cite report |first1=Anne R. |last1=Kenney |first2=Louis H. |last2=Sharpe II |first3=Barbara |last3=Berger |first4=Rick |last4=Crowhurst |first5=D. Michael |last5=Ott |first6=Allen |last6=Quirk |date=July 1999 |publisher=Library of Congress |title=Illustrated Book Study: Digital Conversion Requirements Printed Illustrations, Part 2 |url=https://www.loc.gov/preservation/resources/rt/illbk/ibs2.html |ref=none}}
  • : Ah, this has a link to http://www.picturel.com/halftone/ which has more info, but also leads to site ftp://ftp2.picturel.com cannot be reached
  • Descreen Feature Request http://sane.10972.n7.nabble.com/descreen-feature-request-td13920.html has link to ftp://ftp2.picturel.com/pub/xo/web/halftone/peiHalfTone.pdf but the link is dead. Cannot find on archive.org. http://picturel.com is still up.
  • : Also links to
  • :# http://www.descreen.net/eng/help/descreen/professional/descreen_manual.htm
  • :# http://www.freepatentsonline.com/7365882.html
  • :# http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/Xplore/login.jsp?url=/iel5/4566097/4566248/04566304.pdf?arnumber=4566304
  • {{cite report |first1=Louis H. |last1=Sharpe II |first2=D. Michael |last2=Ott |first3=Carl |last3=Fleischhauer |title=Manuscript Digitization Demonstration Project: Final Report |date=October 1998 |url=https://memory.loc.gov/ammem/pictel/ |ref=none}}

Another PEI document

  • https://www.loc.gov/preservation/resources/rt/guide/index.html
  • See also imaging documents:
  • : http://picturel.com/docs.html
  • : https://web.archive.org/web/20160402162709/http://picturel.com/docs.html

Advice on web has stuff about Gaussian blur or other image processing filters in programs such as Photoshop.

  • Photoshop:
  • CorelPAINT: effects/noise/remove Moiré.
  • {{cite journal |title=Segmentation and Automatic Descreening of Scanned Documents |first1=Alejandro |last1=Jaimes |first2=Frederick |last2=Mintzer |first3=A. Ravishankar |last3=Rao |first4=Gerhard |last4=Thompson |journal=Color Imaging: Device-Independent Color |date=1998 |volume=3648 |page=517 |doi=10.1117/12.334597 |bibcode=1998SPIE.3648..517J |url=http://www.ee.columbia.edu/ln/dvmm/publications/99/spie-des.pdf |ref=none}}
  • {{cite web |first=Paul |last=Royster |publisher=University of Nebraska - Lincoln |title=The Art of Scanning |url=http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1097&context=ir_information |ref=none}}
  • {{cite thesis |title=Analysis and Reduction of Moire Patterns in Scanned Halftone Pictures |first=Xiangdong |last=Liu |publisher=Dissertation submitted to the faculty of Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University |url=http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/public/etd-158151259631631/liuliu.pdf |ref=none}} (6 MB)
  • http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/96/HPL-96-29.pdf
  • http://www.scantips.com/basics06.html

Validation

It is desirable to have all XML files validate. It was even a goal of writing DTDs. Some DOM parsers will raise an exception if the DTD is violated. (They also take more compute time to do the validation. I had to find out how to turn off Java's XML validation because it was taking 6 seconds to validate a file.) Even if validation is not done all the time, it is reassuring to know that an XML file validates.

SVG files should display {{tl|Valid SVG}}, but that is where some trouble arises. Unfortunately, including information (such as Common Core licensing) in a metadata element often prevents validation because the DTD is strict. Furthermore, XML extensions are often sprinkled throughout an XML file. Translation markup often want to identify elements that should not be translated with the attribute its:translate="no". That attribute is not in the underyling DTD, so it raises an error. One way around the problem is to extend the underlying DTD; HTML 5, for example, now has a translate attribute. That's not universal; SVG 2.0 does not have a translate attribute. Many XML-based file formats now recommend against using a DOCTYPE declaration. Apparently, a DTD was never written for SVG 1.2. DTD were also developed before XML namespaces. Namespaces give name isolation, but they confound the DTD issue.

  • "DTDs were never designed with mixed content in mind, and past attempts to create mixed content DTDs are now considered to have failed." Namespaces Crash Course, Mozilla Foundation, https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/SVG/Namespaces_Crash_Course

Look at schemas. Relax.

IIRC, there are some namespace twists. Elements without a namespace prefix belong to the default namespace (whatever xmlns=... dictates), but attributes without a namespace prefix belong to the null namespace.

Many experiments provide insight.

=W3 validator=

Many XML validators are available. DOM processors have internal validators. There are also web-based validators. W3 has one at

  • https://validator.w3.org/
  • https://validator.w3.org/check?uri=uri&ss=1
  • : ss is an option that means show source

{{tl|Valid SVG}} uses the W3 validator, so it deserves some attention.

  • Wikipedia filename redirection? https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Filepath/First_Ionization_Energy.svg
  • : will validate as XML due to DTD stunts in that file
  • : yikes, I die with a CORS block

which provides the following example (validates as XML due to SYSTEM; added encoding="UTF-8"):

xmlns:dc ="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">

Dublin Core Metadata Initiative - Home Page

The Dublin Core Metadata Initiative Web site.

1998-10-10

text/html

en

The Dublin Core Metadata Initiative

L'Initiative de métadonnées du Dublin Core

der Dublin-Core Metadata-Diskussionen

=DOCTYPE implies XML validation=

Metadata version that fails SVG 1.1 validation (validates as XML if DOCTYPE removed; does not complain about tag, so no SVG validation done!):

xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"

xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"

xmlns:ev="http://www.w3.org/2001/xml-events"

xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its"

width="1200"

height="500"

viewBox="0 0 1200 500"

overflow="visible"

enable-background="new 0 0 1200 500"

xml:space="preserve">

Energy to ionize the first electron

Energy required to ionize the first electron from an atom.

xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"

xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#">

image/svg+xml

Another validator

  • http://www.w3.org/RDF/Validator/

= Content-Type interaction =

Sometimes the validator decides the SVG is SVG 1.1+XHTML+MathML 3.0 and ignores Inkscape and RDF, but it didn't for me in the sections below. I copied the header and tried the stuff immediately below, but it was just checked for XML.

I took a file that validates as SVG 1.1+XHTML+MathML 3.0, copied its contents into the clipboard, and then did a direct input validation. It validated as XML.

I suspect there is no DTD for SVG 1.1+XHTML+MathML 3.0. Consequently, there is no DOCTYPE that can be entered to specify that checking. Instead, the validator probably cues off the webserver's Content-Type. With direct input, the validator may assume text/xml rather than something like image/svg+xml. Checked that WP returns image/svg+xml, so I believe this hypothesis.

xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"

xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"

xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"

xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"

xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"

version="1.1" width="958.69" height="592.78998" id="svg2275"

inkscape:version="0.48.2 r9819"

sodipodi:docname="Map_of_USA_with_state_names-en.svg">

image/svg+xml

==SVG==

The code from SVG 1.1 spec (http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/metadata.html) validates as XML (no SVG DOCTYPE).

xmlns = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'>

This is a financial report

The global description uses markup from the

myfoo namespace.

widget $growth

$three $graph-bar

1998 $through 2000

xmlns:rdf = "http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

xmlns:rdfs = "http://www.w3.org/2000/01/rdf-schema#"

xmlns:dc = "http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" >

dc:title="MyFoo Financial Report"

dc:description="$three $bar $thousands $dollars $from 1998 $through 2000"

dc:publisher="Example Organization"

dc:date="2000-04-11"

dc:format="image/svg+xml"

dc:language="en" >

Irving Bird

Mary Lambert

= Extending the DTD =

Play some games...

Probably should not say standalone="yes". Problems with defaulted from external subset.

Gets one error -- does this mean metadata element is not ANY? The metadata rule is (#PCDATA ...)

  • See http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg-structure.mod

Line 25, Column 58: document type does not allow element "rdf:RDF" here

xmlns:dc = "http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" >✉

The element named above was found in a context where it is not allowed. This could mean that you have incorrectly nested elements -- such as a "style" element in the "body" section instead of inside "head" -- or two elements that overlap (which is not allowed).

One common cause for this error is the use of XHTML syntax in HTML documents. Due to HTML's rules of implicitly closed elements, this error can create cascading effects. For instance, using XHTML's "self-closing" tags for "meta" and "link" in the "head" section of a HTML document may cause the parser to infer the end of the "head" section and the beginning of the "body" section (where "link" and "meta" are not allowed; hence the reported error).

[

dc:description CDATA #IMPLIED

dc:publisher CDATA #IMPLIED

about CDATA #IMPLIED

dc:format CDATA #IMPLIED

dc:language CDATA #IMPLIED

dc:date CDATA #IMPLIED>

]>

xmlns = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'>

Just some simple text

xmlns:rdf = "http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

xmlns:rdfs = "http://www.w3.org/2000/01/rdf-schema#"

xmlns:dc = "http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" >

dc:title="MyFoo Financial Report"

dc:description="$three $bar $thousands $dollars $from 1998 $through 2000"

dc:publisher="Example Organization"

dc:date="2000-04-11"

dc:format="image/svg+xml"

dc:language="en" >

Irving Bird

Mary Lambert

For SVG data-* attributes, extend the SVG 1.1 DTD attributes with "SVG.External.extra.attrib".

[

data-area CDATA #IMPLIED

data-src CDATA #IMPLIED

">

]>

= Unicode normalization =

There can be problems within a file that make it fail validation. For example, problems include invalid NCNAMEs in identifier attributes. An interesting problem was unnormalized Unicode strings raising errors for an SVG file. There are methods than can used to normalize Unicode strings.

See extensive discussion on Commons:User_talk:Delphi234.

That file passes SVG validation after several fixes.

  • SVG version is 1.0 rather than 1.1 (validator only wants 1.1) (warning only; not fixed)
  • There are some spurious text content in the switch elements (i.e., bare characters rather than within text elements. (deleted extra characters)
  • Some warnings: text strings are not in Unicode Normalization Form C. (see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr15/) These are for Indic Kannada codepoint sequences. See Kannada (Unicode block). (fixed; faked out somehow; cut and paste from SVG file shows not NFC.)
  • :: systemLanguage="kn" ಮೊಂಟಾನಾ (Montana) (error combining vowel AA at end 0CBE)
  • :: systemLanguage="kn" ಕೊಲೊರಾಡೋ (Colorado) (error combining length mark at end 0CD5)
  • :: systemLanguage="kn" ದಕ್ಷಿಣ ಡಕೋಟಾ (South Dakota... but ಉತ್ತರ ಡಕೋಟ North Dakota was OK? ) (error combining vowel AA at end 0CBE)
  • ::: Google translate(Montana ) = ಮೊಂಟಾನಾ but alternative ಮೊಂಟಾನ
  • ::: Google translate(Colorado ) = ಕೊಲೊರಾಡೋ but alternative ಕೊಲರಾಡೋ
  • ::: Google translate(South Dakota) = ದಕ್ಷಿಣ ಡಕೋಟಾ (which is on used in SVG) but alternative ದಕ್ಷಿಣ ಡಕೋಟ
  • ::: Google translate(North Dakota) = ಉತ್ತರ ಡಕೋಟ but alternative ಉತ್ತರ ಡಕೋಟಾ
  • : Apparently SVG check wants all text in NFC. A simple fix would be a canonical decomp followed by canonical composition. Look at code to do that:
  • :: Library https://github.com/walling/unorm
  • :: ECMA script (later versions) provide those tools, and walling/unorm has an emulation of ECMA routine
  • ::: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Global_Objects/String/normalize
  • :::: str.normalize("NFC" or "NFD" or "NFKC" or "NFKD")
  • :: I don't see the problem. ECMAScript trials do not give me a clue about what is going wrong because normalize gives same result as the offending string, which implies the offending string is in NFC. A possible clue is I believe North Dakota would be in the SVG file with "kn" translation, and there is no complaint about that script. I used Google translate to translate both of them, and found they differ in their composition characters. In Kannada, consonant characters have a default vowel; the consonant can be modified to delete or modify the vowel.
  • :: Maybe the SVG checker is using the fast NFC validation test and getting fooled?
  • :: Montana has two composition characters, but the Unicode table does not have a single composition character for that combination.
  • ::: U+0CCA Vowel sign O
  • ::: U+0C82 Ansuvara (apparently no combined forms)
  • ::: ECMA NFC is idempotent, but SVG check fails.
  • :: Colorado.
  • ::: This could be separate length marker as in Dakota.
  • ::: U+0CCB Vowel sign OO
  • :: Dakota. The Unicode tables seems to say that composition for Dakota should be complete; South Dakota has a single composition; North Dakota has two composition characters.
  • ::: U+0CCB Vowel sign OO (used in South Dakota)
  • ::: U+0CCA U+0CD5 Length mark (used in North Dakota)
  • ::: ECMA NFC is idempotent on South Dakota, but SVG check fails.
  • ::: ECMA NFC reduces two composition characters to one on North Dakota (length marker separate), but SVG check presumably succeeds.
  • I notice there is no title element
  • I notice broken style font-family: (spaces must be quoted) (fixed the one below; others exist)
  • :

    Font shifts needed? bn versus bpy

    • ওয়াশিংটন
    • ৱাশিংটন

License

There is a large issue about licensing. I do not understand why wiki files do not embed the license terms and a link to Commons in its exported files that support such information. TIFF, JPEG/Exif, and SVG/XML can carry metadata and linking.

Sadly, I've seen somebody take a Commons file, edit it, and upload it with a claim that it is their own. The metadata should be scavenged from the source file (and perhaps not be alterable). If there is no metadata, then it should be inserted. If a file is copied from Commons, it should be able to phone home.

CC watermarks appear discouraged.

Some activity on commons: Commons:Commons:Structured data. de.WP has funding....

There's a category issue. Maybe get categories from original and then filter?

Ah, there is a difference between uploading a new file and updating an existing file.

On meta:

  • https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Copyright_strategy

WMF wants free images to stay free, but that seems in conflict with typical practice.

==Book==

Let Qxxxx be a copyrightable work.

  1. Get its publication date.
  2. Get its publication country.
  3. Get the author property.
  4. Get author's date of death.
  5. Deduce copyright status.
  • A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur's Court {{Q|848612}}
  • author P50 Mark Twain (not Samuel Clemens!) {{Q|7245}}
  • date of death P570 21 April 1910
  • original language P364 English
  • publication date P577 1889
  • title P1476

==Botanical illustrations in books==

Many illustrations have been credited to a book's author rather than the illustrator.

In addition, many illustrations are missing {{tl2|sister=commons:|PD-scan}}.

Walther Otto Müller ({{Q|21521878}})

Otto Wilhelm Thomé {{Q|76714}}

  • Wikidata claims he was an illustrator, but I don't think this is true.

No Q for Franz Köhler the botanist.

  • Köhler probably not an illustrator

==Painting==

The Musée d'Orsay:

  • http://www.musee-orsay.fr/en/collections/works-in-focus/painting/commentaire_id/hay-making-2647.html?tx_commentaire_pi1%5BpidLi%5D=509&tx_commentaire_pi1%5Bfrom%5D=841&cHash=9945f53780

It describes the painting

  • Jules Bastien-Lepage (1848-1884), Les Foins (Hay Making), 1877, Oil on canvas, H. 160; W. 195 cm, © RMN-Grand Palais (Musée d'Orsay) / Hervé Lewandowski
  • :File:Jules Bastien-Lepage - Hay making - Google Art Project.jpg
  • {{Q|17493708}} redirects to {{Q|16696928}}
  • instance of P31 painting {{Q|3305213}}
  • creator P170 (different from author!) {{Q|541859}}
  • occupation P106 painter {{Q|1028181}}
  • date of death P570 10 December 1884 Gregorian
  • inception P571 = 1877

So I get the creation date and the date of death. 120 years after death is 1997.

France sweat-of-the-brow copyright cases have gone both ways.

=Metadata=

Metadata is a broad topic, but the basic notion is putting information, such as exposure, location, and copyright information, into the file that contains the primary data. Most picture formats have tags for metadata.

The primary focus is putting copyright information into an rdf:RDF element inside of SVG's metadata element in such a way that the SVG file will still validate.

A secondary focus would be adding ITS information, but that will probably cause validation to fail.

==Dublin core==

Dublin core defines the vocabulary for representing relationships such as author.

  • http://dublincore.org/documents/dc-rdf/
  • http://dublincore.org/documents/2000/11/dcmes-xml/ An XML Encoding of Simple Dublin Core Metadata
  • http://dublincore.org/documents/dcmi-terms/ lists terms, but the meat is 15 properties in /elements/1.1/namespace:
  • contributor, coverage, creator, date, description, format, identifier, language, publisher, relation, rights, source, subject, title, type

==Creative Commons==

Primary license expression on Wikipedia follows Creative Commons and is usually expressed as a Creative Commons license. The license variants are expressed by some (possibly exclusive) properties:

  • CC Creative Commons
  • CC0 public domain (no rights reserved)
  • -BY Attribution required
  • -NC Non commercial
  • -SA Share Alike
  • -ND No derivatives

There are different versions of these licenses (including ported versions which are disappearing). URIs exist for different licenses:

  • http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
  • http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/

These URIs link to HTML descriptions of the licenses. I expect to get an RDF description, but instead there is a link that I'd expect to be to a straight RDF description. However, I cannot find the linked file.

  • : CC website has HTML with, but the href="rdf" goes nowhere instead of a decent URL
  • : https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/
  • : <link rel="alternate" type="application/rdf+xml" href="rdf">

How these licenses are claimed in different files is covered in ''ccREL: The Creative Commons Rights Expression Language

'':

  • https://wiki.creativecommons.org/wiki/CC_REL
  • https://wiki.creativecommons.org/images/d/d6/Ccrel-1.0.pdf
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-rdf-syntax/
  • http://infomesh.net/2002/rdfinhtml/
  • http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2731.txt
  • http://www.w3.org/Submission/2008/SUBM-ccREL-20080501/

It covers several formats such as HTML, RDF, and SVG.

  • In HTML, a text statement with a hyperlink

This page, by

Lawrence Lessig,

is licensed under a

Creative Commons Attribution License.

ccREL describes the rights as a work and a license.

  • http://www.oeconsortium.org/resources/toolkits/metadata/

Separate RDF files.

The representation is now Work + possibly a license.

Work triples/properties

  • Work xhtml:license URI (same as cc:license)
  • Work dc:title ...
  • Work cc:atttributionName ...
  • Work cc:attributionURL ...
  • Work dc:type (http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/Text StillImage Image ...)
  • Work dc:source
  • Work cc:morePermissions

License triples/properties

  • l cc:permits (cc:Reproduction, cc:Distribution, cc:DerivativeWorks)
  • l cc:prohibits (cc:CommercialUse)
  • l cc:requires (cc:Notice, cc:Attribution, cc:ShareAlike, cc:SourceCode)
  • l cc:jurisdiction
  • l cc:deprecatedOn
  • l cc:legalCode

Specify value with rdf:resource attribute or element contents.

xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"

xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#">

Diagram Verfassung Bosch

image/svg+xml

RDFa.

  • about="" means the current document.
  • property="cc:foo" sets the predicate to be cc:foo and the object is the text content of the element
  • rel="cc:foo" sets the predicate and the object is the href
  • rel="license" sets the predicate and the object is the href

xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"

xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"

xmlns:ev="http://www.w3.org/2001/xml-events"

xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its"

width="1200"

height="500"

viewBox="0 0 1200 500"

overflow="visible"

enable-background="new 0 0 1200 500"

xml:space="preserve">

Energy to ionize the first electron

Energy required to ionize the first electron from an atom.

xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"

xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#">

image/svg+xml

Embedded RDF. There's a standard for XSL transformation to extract the embedded RDF.

xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"

xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"

xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"

xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"

xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"

version="1.1" width="958.69" height="592.78998" id="svg2275"

inkscape:version="0.48.2 r9819"

sodipodi:docname="Map_of_USA_with_state_names-en.svg">

image/svg+xml

==RDF editor for SVG==

There's got to be an Resource Description Framework (RDF/XML) editor around somewhere.

There's a file on Commons, and somebody copies it and uses it. There's no guarantee of attribution. There could be RDF info, and some of that could be automatically inserted. Something basic would just make a URL point back to Commons. Further efforts would make sure the file and the Commons description refer to the same sharing license.

Consider the tag set.

Also, JPEGs should be checked their Exchangeable image file format copyright information, but I'm confused about this. Copyright appears to be in TIFF and WAV files, but I'm not clear about JPEG. It may be that TIFF style information is placed in the JPEG#Syntax and structure file as APP1.

  • http://www.cipa.jp/std/documents/e/DC-008-2012_E.pdf Exif
  • There are metadata editors out there
  • : http://www.photome.de/home_en.html PhotoME (multilingual) but getting old
  • :: lists many formats including JPEG, TIFF, GIF, and PNG
  • ::: JPEG does the TIFF style tags
  • ::::: APPn table: http://www.ozhiker.com/electronics/pjmt/jpeg_info/app_segments.html
  • ::::: handling metadata http://dev.exiv2.org/projects/exiv2/wiki/The_Metadata_in_JPEG_files
  • ::: TIFF just needs a tagset dictionary
  • :::: http://www.exiv2.org/tags.html
  • ::: GIF? I know there was a chemistry extension block, but metadata?
  • :::: http://www.w3.org/Graphics/GIF/spec-gif89a.txt
  • :::: https://docs.oracle.com/javase/7/docs/api/javax/imageio/metadata/doc-files/gif_metadata.html Not much information
  • :::: Ah, there is an XMP extension
  • ::: PNG?
  • :::: http://stackoverflow.com/questions/8113314/does-png-support-metadata-fields-like-author-camera-model-etc
  • :::: Extensible Metadata Platform (XMP) esp Location in file types
  • :::: http://www.w3.org/TR/PNG/#11textinfo
  • :: See Java Advanced Imaging JAI
  • :: IPTC Information Interchange Model

==RDF DTD==

Several comments on the web about no RDF DTD. Here's an old DTD attempt:

  • http://www.w3.org/XML/9710rdf-dtd/rdf.dtd

which, if examined, says the following:

  • http://www.w3.org/TR/rdf-syntax-grammar/
  • http://www.w3.org/RDF/Validator/ RDF validator

{{reflist-talk}}

==GRDDL==

GRDDL ("Griddle") is used to extract RDF from XML files.

Gleaning Resource Descriptions from Dialects of Languages.

  • http://www.w3.org/TR/grddl/
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/grddl-primer/
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/2006/CR-rdf-sparql-query-20060406/ (SPARQL)

==Commons Structured Data==

=RDF and Maps=

File:PortRoyalEarthquakeMap.jpg]]

File:Port Royal.JPG

File:North america.svg

File:Austria hungary 1911.jpg

RDF can be used in maps to identify coordinate transformations. RDF can also be used to designate a past period.

Take, for example, an old map of Port Royal.

  • Specify the map transformation.
  • : With the map transformation, the geographic coordinates can be computed from the mouse coordinates.
  • Specify the time period.
  • : Dublin core
  • :: http://www.dublincore.org/documents/dcmi-terms/#terms-date (but this might be the date the resource was made)
  • :: http://www.dublincore.org/documents/dcmi-terms/#elements-coverage (may be spatial or temporal in elements/1.1)
  • :: http://www.dublincore.org/documents/dcmi-terms/#terms-spatial (in dcterms:); refines dc:coverage dcterms:coverage
  • :: http://www.dublincore.org/documents/dcmi-terms/#terms-temporal (in dcterms:); refines dc:coverage dcterms:coverage

Documents

  • https://svgwg.org/specs/transform/ svg:transform for mapping, Editor’s Draft, 13 February 2015
  • http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards/gml Geography Markup Language
  • Geography Markup Language
  • Keyhole Markup Language
  • GeoRSS
  • https://www.pdfa.org/pdfa-metadata-xmp-rdf-dublin-core/ PDF/A Metadata XMP, RDF & Dublin Core (general)
  • http://www.w3.org/2010/02/rdfa/sources/rdf-api/ RDF API (general)
  • http://www.w3.org/2003/01/geo/

The Wikimaps warper is not using RDF. After warping, the original image on Commons is unchanged. There is a link to the warper page that has a mapping table.

Want a query that will grab nearby cities.

Filter on longitude and latitude? long 8 to 28; lat 41 to 52

SELECT DISTINCT ?city ?cityLabel (SAMPLE(?location) AS ?location) (MAX(?population) AS ?population)

WHERE

{

?city wdt:P31/wdt:P279* wd:Q515;

wdt:P625 ?location;

wdt:P1082 ?population.

FILTER(?population >= 500000).

SERVICE wikibase:label { bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "[AUTO_LANGUAGE],en". }

}

GROUP BY ?city ?cityLabel

SELECT ?place ?placeLabel ?location

WHERE

{

# Budapest coordinates

wd:Q1781 wdt:P625 ?Loc .

SERVICE wikibase:around {

?place wdt:P625 ?location .

bd:serviceParam wikibase:center ?Loc .

bd:serviceParam wikibase:radius "300" .

} .

# Is a city - now human settlement

FILTER EXISTS { ?place wdt:P31/wdt:P279* wd:wd:Q486972 } .

?place wdt:P1082 ?population .

FILTER (?population > 50000) .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "[AUTO_LANGUAGE],en" .

}

}

Translation

  • http://www.w3.org/International/techniques/authoring-html#gsdirection
  • http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-translate-flag
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/mlw-metadata-us-impl/

==World is not simple==

I thought that Unicode would simplify the translation problem: one could use a single font for all the translations. Turns out, different languages/locales prefer different character shapes. That means that some translations should change fonts or do character selection within a font.

===CSS and OpenType===

See [https://drafts.csswg.org/css-fonts-4/#language-specific-support CSS Fonts Module Level 4.0].

Uses OpenType language names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/languagetags

Allegedly Firefox only, but cannot get it to work.

Usually, the content language specification is enough.

Sometimes font-language-override is used to render an unsupported content language with a similar language.

Same characters (I do not see a difference)

  • Russian alphabet
  • : Russian: АаБбВвГгДдЕеЁёЖжЗзИиЙйКкЛлМмНнОоПпРрСсТтУуФфХхЦцЧчШшЩщЪъЫыЬьЭэЮюЯя
  • Bulgarian alphabet
  • : Bulgarian АаБбВвГгДдЕеЖжЗзИиЙйКкЛлМмНнОоПпРрСсТтУуФфХхЦцЧчШшЩщЪъЬьЮюЯя.
  • : АаБбВвГгДдЕеЖжЗзИиЙйКкЛлМмНнОоПпРрСсТтУуФфХхЦцЧчШшЩщЪъЬьЮюЯя
  • Side by side
  • :
    АаБбВвГгДдЕеЁёЖжЗзИиЙйКкЛлМмНнОоПпРрСсТтУуФфХхЦцЧчШшЩщЪъЫыЬьЭэЮюЯя
  • :
    АаБбВвГгДдЕе  ЖжЗзИиЙйКкЛлМмНнОоПпРрСсТтУуФфХхЦцЧчШшЩщЪъ  Ьь  ЮюЯя

Same word in Spanish Señora and Italian Señora.

Try historical forms (looking for Jeſuit and Congreſs):

  • Jesuit Congress ſ (default)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Bodoni)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Bodoni MT)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Caslon)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Garamond)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Times New Roman)
  • -moz-
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (default)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Bodoni)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Bodoni MT)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Caslon)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Garamond)
  • Jesuit Congress ſ (Times New Roman)

See Long s.

Unicode: LATIN SMALL LETTER LONG S &#x17F: "ſ", so Jeſuit and Congreſs.

Such a change could be done with CSS, but that gets us into different problems.

The CSS :lang selector (e.g., p:lang(zh) {..}).

The xml:lang and HTML lang attributes should track.

Should make some test code to see if CSS looks at both attributes.

HTML lang attributes are single-valued.

HTML 5 seems to want xml:lang to disappear in favor of lang.

SVG is more complicated (and CSS rule may not be available).

The xml:lang attribute is single valued.

The SVG lang attribute appears in SVG 2.0 and is single valued.

The systemLanguage attribute is multi-valued — a reason to shatter the attribute.

SVG switch uses the systemLanguage attribute.

First consider single-valued attribute solutions.

That could use attribute value selection to set the font.

Alternatively, CSS to install xml:lang attribute depending on systemLanguage attribute (check).

Alternatively, one could always set a language attribute on nodes that need font selection.

(There should be an ITS rule that avoids translating children of a switch.)

===Oriental Languages===

  • {{cite web |last=Schaefer |first=Kendra |title=The Complete Beginner's Guide to Chinese Fonts |date=2 March 2015 |url=https://webdesign.tutsplus.com/articles/the-complete-beginners-guide-to-chinese-fonts--cms-23444 |access-date=16 May 2017 |ref=none}}
  • : explains font names. Songti (宋体) are serif fonts. Heiti (黑体) are sans-serif fonts.
  • : closed 关 versus 關 much different in simplified/traditional (but different Unicode code points)
  • {{cite web |last=Schaefer |first=Kendra |title=Chinese Standard Web Fonts: A Guide to CSS Font Family Declarations for Web Design in Simplified Chinese |date=11 June 2012 |url=http://www.kendraschaefer.com/2012/06/chinese-standard-web-fonts-the-ultimate-guide-to-css-font-family-declarations-for-web-design-in-simplified-chinese/ |access-date=16 May 2017 |ref=none}}
  • : Has declarations for Windows and Mac. That will be important when SVG is served.
  • : Traditional = Big5. Simplified = GB2312.
  • Another diversion. I can look in the font directory (C:/Windows/Fonts) and find fonts for specific scripts. Characteristics given at bottom of page.
  • : Deng Xian Regular (Han Simplified)
  • : Meiryo (Japanese)
  • : Meiryo UI (Japanese)
  • : Microsoft JhengHei (Han Traditional)
  • : Microsoft MHei (not stated)
  • : Microsoft NeoGothic (Korean?)
  • : Microsoft YaHei (Han Simplified)
  • : MingLiU_HKSCS-ExtB Regular (Han Traditional)
  • : MingLiU-ExtB Regular (Han Traditional)
  • : MS Gothic Regular (Japanese)
  • : MS Mincho Regular (Japanese)
  • : MS PGothic Regular (Japanese)
  • : MS PMincho Regular (Japanese)
  • : NSimSun Regular (Han Simplified)
  • : PMingLiU-ExtB Regular (Han Traditional)
  • : SimSun Regular (Han Simplified)
  • : SimSun-ExtB Regular (Han Simplified)
  • : UD Digi Kyokashko N-B Bold (Japanese?)
  • : UD Digi Kyokashko NK-B Bold (Japanese?)
  • : UD Digi Kyokashko NK-R Regular (Japanese?)
  • : UD Digi Kyokashko NP-B Bold (Japanese?)
  • : UD Digi Kyokashko NP-R Regular (Japanese?)
  • : UD Digi Kyokashko N-R Regular (Japanese?)
  • : Yu Gothic (Japanese)
  • : Yu Gothic UI (Japanese)
  • : Yu Mincho (Japanese)
  • http://blog.adrianroselli.com/2015/01/on-use-of-lang-attribute.html On Use of the Lang Attribute
  • http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-lang-why Why use the lang attribute?
  • : en, ko, zh-Hant, zh-Hans, jp variations of a character (Unicode not known)
  • : use radical dictionary at https://www.mdbg.net/chinese/dictionary?page=radicals / top radical is rain / bottom makes snow.
  • :: (conventional font)
  • :: Test added to examples below.
  • https://meiert.com/en/blog/20140825/html-and-language/ HTML and Specifying Language
  • https://medium.com/behancetech/localization-gotchas-for-asian-languages-cjk-e52a57c0fde1 Localization Gotchas for Asian Languages (CJK)
  • : Character variations 9aa8 66dc (Only getting 1 alternative font. How can I determine which font family is used?)
  • :: Chinese simplified and traditional are messed up. cannot find appropriate radical simplifications/decorations.
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 (conventional font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Simplified Chinese (Microsoft YaHei* need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Simplified Chinese (NSimSun Regular*; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Simplified Chinese (NSimSun)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Simplified Chinese (MS Hei)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Simplified Chinese (MS Song)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Simplified Chinese (SimHei)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Traditional Chinese (Microsoft MHei* (guess); need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Traditional Chinese (MingLiU; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Traditional Chinese (MingLiU-ExtB Regular*; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Traditional Chinese (MingLiU-ExtB; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Traditional Chinese (MingLiU_HKSCS; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Traditional Chinese (Microsoft JhengHei; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Japanese (MS Gothic Regular; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Japanese (MS Gothic; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Japanese (MS PMincho; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Japanese (Meiryou; need to verify font)
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Korean (Microsoft NeoGothic (guess))
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Korean (Malgun Gothic (guess))
  • :: 骨 曜 雪 雨 关 關 Korean (Batang)
  • https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2012/07/12-commandments-software-localization/ 12 Commandments of Software Localization, Zack Grossbart

==XLIFF==

XLIFF localization.

Illustrations can avoid the segmentation step because SVG strings will usually be short, but title and desc elements may be exceptions.

  • http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/xliff/documents/xliff-specification.htm XLIFF v1.1
  • http://docs.oasis-open.org/xliff/xliff-core/v2.0/xliff-core-v2.0.html XLIFF v2.0
  • http://www.maxprograms.com/articles/xliff.html
  • {{cite web|last=Schnabel |first=Bryan |date=2008 |title=Translating SVG with XLIFF and Open Standards: Efficiently Solving a Classic Challenge |url=http://www.svgopen.org/2008/papers/53-Translating_SVG_with_XLIFF_and_Open_Standards/ |ref=none}}
  • http://www.moravia.com/files/download/Improving_Localization_Process_at_Tektronix_Using_XML_and_XLIFF.pdf

There's a master file (say in .en). Then it is processed via .en.de XLIFF. Also a .en.es XLIFF.

There can be IDs, but they should be unique to the file. The lookup by ID. I want IDs that identify the content rather than the instance.

XLIFF filter: Take multilanguage SVG and convert to XLIFF.

The trivial version is just an XSLT that grabs the text nodes.

Slightly better version would pay attention to xml:lang, its:translate, and ITS rules.

ITS rules could have "switch/text" and "@systemLanguage" awareness. The "@systemLanguage" attribute is further complicated because it is a list rather than just one IETF language code; see if XSLT can match substring patterns.

Need a second filter that produces the skeleton, and a third filter to merge XLIFF to language version.

==Internationalization Tag Set==

Interaction of XLIFF and other schemes with Internationalization Tag Set.

  • xml:lang attribute. HTML has compatible lang attribute that has consistency rules (if both exist, they must be the same).
  • its:translate attribute. HTML 5 has compatible global attribute translate.
  • its:locNote, its:locNotePointer, its:locNoteRef, its:locNoteRefPointer
  • its:term attribute. HTML 5 does not have this attribute. (http://www.w3schools.com/tags/ref_attributes.asp)
  • : global its:termRule requires one of its:termInfoRef (URI), its:termInfoPointer (XPath), or its:termInfoRefPointer (XPath)
  • : local its:term may have optional its:termInfoRef but not others
  • : its:termConfidence 2.0

Question: does SVG 2.0 have translate attribute? Apparently not.

There are data-* attributes in HTML 5 and SVG 2.

There are its-... attributes in HTML 5 (or at least the Nu validator).

It makes local notes trivial. HTML with those attributes (camel-case conversion hack) will validate in Nu.

Terminology test: default

We need a new motherboard

I don't get the same luck when the its namespace is introduced.

The Nu validator complains about introducing the new namespace and the new attribute.

Of course, the validator does not have a specification for ITS.

Terminology test: default

We need a new motherboard

Now try with SVG. Augment the SVG 1.1 DTD to include some ITS definition.

Rules are stuffed in metadata element.

Local markup stuffed everywhere, but it could be tighter.

[

| its:translateRule

| its:withinTextRule

| its:locNoteRule

| its:domainRule

)* >

queryLanguage CDATA #FIXED "xpath"

xlink:href CDATA #IMPLIED

xlink:type (simple) #IMPLIED >

translate (yes | no) #REQUIRED >

withinText (yes | no) #REQUIRED >

locNoteType (description | alert) #REQUIRED

locNotePointer CDATA #IMPLIED

locNoteRef CDATA #IMPLIED

locNoteRefPointer CDATA #IMPLIED >

domainPointer CDATA #REQUIRED

domainMapping CDATA #IMPLIED >

its:version CDATA #IMPLIED

its:term (yes | no) #IMPLIED

its:termInfoRef CDATA #IMPLIED

its:termConfidence CDATA #IMPLIED

its:translate (yes | no) #IMPLIED

its:locNote CDATA #IMPLIED

its:locNoteRef CDATA #IMPLIED

its:locNoteType (description | alert) 'description'

its:withinText (yes | no | nested) 'no'

">

]>

viewBox="0 0 640 320"

xml:lang="en"

xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"

xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its"

its:version="2.0" >

Terminology test: default

We need a new motherboard.

For SVG 1.2, there may be some ITS accommodations.

  • https://dev.w3.org/SVG/profiles/1.2T/master/i18n.html

ITS 1.0 local markup

  • att.local.with-ns.attributes ::= att.local.with-ns.attribute.translate, att.local.with-ns.attribute.locNote, att.local.with-ns.attribute.locNoteType, att.local.with-ns.attribute.locNoteRef, att.local.with-ns.attribute.termInfoRef, att.local.with-ns.attribute.term, att.local.with-ns.attribute.dir

Quotation from the ITS v2.0 specification:

:ITS 2.0 provides the following data categories:

:* Translate: expresses information about whether a selected piece of content is intended for translation or not.

:* Localization Note: communicates notes to localizers about a particular item of content.

:* Terminology: marks terms and optionally associates them with information, such as definitions or references to a term data base.

:* Directionality: specifies the base writing direction of blocks, embeddings and overrides for the Unicode bidirectional algorithm.

:* Language Information: expresses the language of a given piece of content.

:* Elements Within Text: expresses how content of an element is related to the text flow (constitutes its own segment like paragraphs, is part of a segment like emphasis marker etc.).

:* Domain: identifies the topic or subject of the annotated content for translation-related applications.

:* Text Analysis: annotates content with lexical or conceptual information (e.g. for the purpose of contextual disambiguation).

:* Locale Filter: specifies that a piece of content is only applicable to certain locales.

:* Provenance: communicates the identity of agents that have been involved processing content.

:* External Resource: indicates reference points in a resource outside the document that need to be considered during localization or translation. Examples of such resources are external images and audio or video files.

:* Target Pointer: associates the markup node of a given source content (i.e. the content to be translated) and the markup node of its corresponding target content (i.e. the source content translated into a given target language). This is relevant for formats that hold the same content in different languages inside a single document.

:* Id Value: identifies a value that can be used as unique identifier for a given part of the content.

:* Preserve Space: indicates how whitespace is to be handled in content.

:* Localization Quality Issue: describes the nature and severity of an error detected during a language-oriented quality assurance (QA) process.

:* Localization Quality Rating: expresses an overall measurement of the localization quality of a document or an item in a document.

:* MT Confidence: indicates the confidence that MT systems provide about their translation.

:* Allowed Characters: specifies the characters that are permitted in a given piece of content.

:* Storage Size: specifies the maximum storage size of a given piece of content.

Local Data Categories. There are some distinctions in ITS v2.0 when used with HTML. HTML has local markup for the Translate, Directionality, and Language Information data categories.

  • {{cite report |url=http://www.w3.org/TR/its/ |title=Internationalization Tag Set (ITS) Version 1.0 |series=W3C Recommendation |date=3 April 2007 |publisher=World Wide Web Consortium}}
  • {{cite report |url=http://www.w3.org/TR/its20/ |title=Internationalization Tag Set (ITS) Version 2.0 |series=W3C Recommendation |date=29 October 2013 |publisher=World Wide Web Consortium }}
  • https://www.w3.org/International/its/wiki/images/c/c3/GALA-2013-ITS2.0-HTML5_Use_case_v01.pdf
  • {{cite web |publisher=Mozilla Developer Network |url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_using_XPath_in_JavaScript |title=Introduction to using XPath in JavaScript|date=5 July 2024 }}
  • {{cite web |publisher=Mozilla Developer Network |url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Document/querySelector |title=Document.querySelector()|date=26 July 2024 }}

== Translation Memory eXchange ==

Translation Memory eXchange is another XML format for translated pairs. Google Translate apparently accepts it. GT was free, but apparently was abused and is now a paid service.

  • http://www.ttt.org/oscarstandards/tmx/tmx13.htm
  • http://www.ttt.org/oscarstandards/tbx/
  • http://www.opentag.com/tmx.htm
  1. http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/xml/library/x-localis/
  2. : TBX (TermBase eXchange) should be here. Has categories.
  3. : "Fortunately, the XLIFF standard includes attributes for specifying string position in a dialogue, font type and size used for the text, and many other details. A tool specifically designed for software localisation can be used to visually adjust the dialogue layout during translation."
  4. : "Java technology is the most widely used language after C/C++, and it is designed to facilitate software internationalization. Java applications that are ready for localisation store GUI text in resource bundles, plain text files that, like their C/C++ counterparts, make text extraction a simple task. However, Java technology has an advantage over C/C++: GUI objects can be dynamically adjusted at execution time according to the length of the text that the object contains. This feature makes the Java language one of the better choices for developing multilingual applications."
  5. http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/xml/library/x-localis2/index.html
  6. http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/xml/library/x-localis3/
  7. : TMX is inadequate for glossaries (the word "gloss"!); TBL is better; can transform to each other
  • http://mymemory.translated.net/doc/spec.php
  • :: http://api.mymemory.translated.net/get?q=stripper&langpair=en|de&subj=Mechanical (JSON format)
  • ::::

{"responseData":{"translatedText":"Blockstripper","match":1},"responseDetails":"","responseStatus":200,"responderId":"235",

"matches":[

{"id":"441919990","segment":"stripper","translation":"Blockstripper","quality":"55","reference":" |@| ","usage-count":3,"subject":"Mechanical","created-by":"IATE","last-updated-by":"IATE","create-date":"2014-11-13 21:25:33","last-update-date":"2014-11-13 21:25:33","tm_properties":"[]","match":1},

{"id":"449281594","segment":"Stripper.","translation":"Vorrichtung zum Entfernen des Stanzabfalls.","quality":"55","reference":"http:\/\/www.cl.uni-heidelberg.de\/statnlpgroup\/pattr\/|@|http:\/\/www.cl.uni-heidelberg.de\/statnlpgroup\/pattr\/","usage-count":1,"subject":"Legal_and_Notarial","created-by":"Uni-heidelberg.de","last-updated-by":"Uni-heidelberg.de","create-date":"2014-11-28 17:25:00","last-update-date":"2014-11-28 17:25:00","tm_properties":"[]","match":0.98},

{"id":"451341627","segment":"Stripper","translation":"Abstreifeinrichtung","quality":"55","reference":"http:\/\/www.cl.uni-heidelberg.de\/statnlpgroup\/pattr\/|@|http:\/\/www.cl.uni-heidelberg.de\/statnlpgroup\/pattr\/","usage-count":1,"subject":"Legal_and_Notarial","created-by":"Uni-heidelberg.de","last-updated-by":"Uni-heidelberg.de","create-date":"2014-11-28 17:59:35","last-update-date":"2014-11-28 17:59:35","tm_properties":"[]","match":0.97}]}

  • :: http://api.mymemory.translated.net/get?q=stripper&langpair=en|de&of=tmx&subj=Mechanical (TMX format)
  • ::::

creationtool="MyMemory - mymemory.translated.net"

creationtoolversion="Beta"

segtype="sentence"

o-tmf="TW4Win 2.0 Format"

adminlang="EN-US"

srclang="EN-GB"

datatype="rtf"

creationdate="20160929T211941Z"

creationid="Translated">

stripper

Blockstripper

Stripper.

Vorrichtung zum Entfernen des Stanzabfalls.

Stripper

Abstreifeinrichtung

==Segmentation Rules eXchange==

Also Segmentation Rules eXchange.

  • https://github.com/heartsome/translationstudio8 Translation tool
  • https://omegat.org/

SVG diagram translation

  • SVG Editor? Check out https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/User:Rillke/SVGedit.js

Consider doing XML, SVG, and XLIFF stunts with multiple files and with Wiktionary.

Editor provides single language PNG file. Bitmaps are not scalable. They are difficult to manipulate. For other wikis, translation is needed. Translations require erasure and addition.

Editor provides single language SVG file. Bare minimum: quick and dirty word substitution. Don't have sentences.

Where is the link for the tool that edits SVG files to make new language versions?

=Worked on files=

=Example images and issues=

Consider the Gibraltar SVG file (a featured picture). Large SVG file, now many versions, and little ability to maintain it.

Derived from

Another map file:

  • :File:Caucasus-ethnic en.svg
  • : https://tools.wmflabs.org/svgtranslate/?svg=Caucasus-ethnic+en.svg
  • :: SVGTranslate wants to translate numbers and designators.
  • :: Black Sea (Q166), Caspian Sea (Q5484), Sea of Azov (Q35000) are separate words
  • :: Distinguish: Armenian language (Q8785), Armenian ethnic group (Q79797), Armenia (Q399), Armenian (residents of Armenia)

An odd map file:

  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Graphic_Lab/Illustration_workshop#Translate_the_image_.28Montrealmetromap.svg.29_into_Malay_language_.28code:ms.29
  • :File:Montrealmetromap.svg

Dual-language Montreal wants labels in French and English, but a translation would only need one language.

The file also has embedded raster graphics.

Other maps

Compare to some internally translated SVG files. Sadly, these files are generated by hand. Pulling them into an SVG editor can strip the translations.

Here's a hand-edited file that has included translations; there are 49 different IETF language tags in the file. The file also uses some SVG context sensitive features that are lost in the PNG translation.

=Mediawiki File inclusion mechanics=

How does the wiki access different versions? It tacks on &lang=IETF to the link.

For example, the line

Inserts this image:

file:First Ionization Energy.svg

{{clear}}

by inserting the following HTML:

German version

The anchor element makes a click go to the file page with the appropriate language selected for the SVG.

The img element displays the picture.

Not sure what 1/1d means, but it may be a cache issue.

Image directory has lang(IETF langtag)-(size)px-(name).png made by renderer.

The srcset attribute provides magnify/"enlarge" options?

Notice data-file-width and data-file-height attributes that may anticipate problems with SVG files containing hard widths and heights.

Check langtag issue at Phab:T154237.

librsvg does not handle hyphenated langtags correctly, so zh-hans and zh-hant just match to zh and look the same:

file:First Ionization Energy.svg

file:First Ionization Energy.svg

{{clear}}

==Mediawiki hypenated langtag stopped working==

In September 2017, I noticed the above two images (zh-hans an zh-hant) were not working at all (not just selecting the wrong version).

Try just zh:

file:First Ionization Energy.svg

{{clear}}

New development of Phab:T154132.

So first string works, but second does not.

  • src="//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/1/1d/First_Ionization_Energy.svg/langzh-220px-First_Ionization_Energy.svg.png"
  • src="//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/1/1d/First_Ionization_Energy.svg/langzh-hans-220px-First_Ionization_Energy.svg.png"

Guessing that parameter extraction is now confused by hyphenated langtags.

Lazy evaluation suggest the URL is grabbed at .../thumb/... and then parsed

  • wfExtractThumbParams() at https://doc.wikimedia.org/mediawiki-core/master/php/thumb_8php_source.html#l00525
  • : at this point, $file and $params are known

Hypenated language tag problem fixe 26 October 2017 by Gilles. UI problems still present.

{{clear}}

=Automatic use of IETF langtag=

Want each wiki to automatically use the language tag. Somewhere there was a comment that this will come.

The periodic table just needs translations for "group" and "period".

Here's a file with just 6 sentences to translate.

Interesting problem with language variation (accent variation between pt-BR and pt-PT: Hidrogênio and Hidrogénio):

Also look forward to direct insertion of SVG files rather than the current convert to PNG.

Here's a JPEG file that is used on many projects and that people want translated. An SVG version without English captions is also desired.

A simpler diagram

Needing conversion; spot labels

Several images use numbers, but have translations on their description pages.

==Planetary==

==Chemistry see also==

==Anatomical diagrams==

Lots of diagrams with minimal text changes.

This file has some embedded fonts.... Complicated shading.

==Ripe files==

Good targets are simple SVG files that are used on several foreign WPs. If the file isn't used, translation is not a priority.

May want to use {{tl2|sister=commons|translation possible}} {{para|switch|value}} for many other uses. ITS tags, for example.

Matching numbers and units (e.g., 30 volts).

Good candidates (see Commons:Category:Translation possible - SVG (switch))

Dubious SVG:

Switch-translated files that don't get much use. Note temperature scale/labeling issues.

Some files can be problematic even if converted to SVG (e.g., dense diagram, fr translations overlong)

=SVG translation methods=

==No translation==

Some files do not need translation because they do not use words. Many diagrams use numbers to identity components.

A benefit to this method is the diagram is universal. It also does not have problems with multi-line labels.

The disadvantage is the translation must be done each time the image is used: the caption must explain what the numbers mean. In other words, the image does not stand by itself but rather requires an external explanation.

==Multi-file translation==

In this method, an existing file is edited by replacing the existing text with translations and then saved under a new name. It is the default for Wikimedia Commons because it is easy to do. Pull the existing file into Inkscape, edit it, and save it.

The problem is it makes many copies of essentially the same file. If someone wants to change the diagram a little or change the color scheme, it must be done for each copy.

A better method uses one copy of the file. There are two methods: switch and XLIFF. Wikimedia Commons is not set up for XLIFF.

==Switch translation==

Better idea about how Commons approaches the translation issue.

The translation markup.

In an SVG file, find text blocks or spans that permit translation.

House

converts to

Haus

House

or even

Haus

House

The addition of switch has a small impact (roughly 16 bytes). Each clause costs at least 33 bytes plus the translation bytes. Estimate the translation is 17 bytes. Then each language adds 50 bytes. With fifty languages, a single term adds 2.5 kB. Forty terms would add 100 kB to an SVG file. That relies on the position information being hoisted so it is not repeated for each translation. :File:Map of USA with state names.svg paid 400 kB even though it has hoisted location information; I don't know where the penalty is; 160 bytes per language term seems high.

For ordinary SVG files, the systemLanguage is compared to the user's preferences. SVG 1.1 has slightly odd semantics for choosing a preference, but that is being straightened out in SVG 2.0.

WP throws a further wrench in the preference calculation because it does not serve the SVG but rather a bitmap. That bitmap is built by rsvg which only takes a single language. The lang argument should be a preference list. If the illustration does not have a desired language, then "en" may not be the best fallback. An "sr-Cyrl" might better fallback to "sr-Latn" and after that "ru". It's a minor point, and fixing it might be too much trouble. Serving the switch SVG would fix it. A German reading the de.WP might want the fallback to be "en", but a Swiss might want the fallbacks to be "fr" and "it" before "en".

A problem with serving SVG is there are some very piggish SVG files. A 200 px PNG thumbnail has a bounded size.

Consider problems when the text has leaders that point to places in the image.

Problem with expansion. Some languages have succinct labels, but others require more space. Don't consider problem when line breaks are needed. That really is an XLIFF issue.

: Flowed text not available/may not help

::: see also C:Help:SVG#Black rectangle (Flowed Text bug)

There are things that should not be translated. Some phrases are intended to stay in a specific language; a diagram that explains translation, for example, would keep the native language. Names are often not translated (Casablanca does not become White House), but they may be Anglicized (e.g., Чебышёв becomes Chebyshev). Chemical symbols are not translated. Symbols may change (input voltage V becomes input U). What about the subscripts?

Conjugation and declension. Would not expect a dictionary to have "red house" or "three houses". Google Translate and some matching?

Display multiple outlines -- enough room so everything fits. This could make diagrams in some languages look poor.

  • http://www.w3.org/TR/its/ Internationalization Tag Set (ITS) Version 1.0
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/its20/ ITS Version 2.0
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-i18n-bp/ Best Practices for XML Internationalization
  • : has its:term and friends
  • : Best Practice 12 states, "Avoid document formats that store multiple localized versions of content within the same document."
  • :: Gives reason that such a document is difficult to maintain
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/its/its.dtd v1.0 DTD

There is an issue with mixins and validation.

There is an issue with </code>, <code><desc></code>, and <code><hint></code> elements because they are not switched. Conditional processing applies to display elements, but not others such as titles and descriptions. Consequently, we cannot do this:</p> <p>::<syntaxhighlight lang="xml"></p> <p><svg ...></p> <p><switch></p> <p><title systemLanguage="de">Wien

Vienna

Vienna

That means it will be difficult or impossible to translate titles/tooltips. On the other hand, XLIFF would have no trouble with those elements.

SVG 2.0 working draft recognizes this problem,http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG2/struct.html#ConditionalProcessingSystemLanguageAttribute §5.8.1 but does not use systemLanguage. Instead, title and desc may appear multiple times with different lang attributes (which are single valued). The construct (which is not yet supported in browsers: Issue 67) is

::

Vienna

Wien

Вена

...

More exotic issues: mouseover. I believe this fails and is better handled with XLIFF or separate rectangles.

::

House

Haus

Blue

Blau

==Planar translation==

Several files do not keep the translations together but rather separate languages into a planar configuration. Consequently, there is only one switch element and only one clause per language. Not repeating the language selection clausest suggests a byte savings, but each text element must repeat the position information — something whose cost would match the cost of repeating systemLanguage="xx". In addition, the planar configuration does not keep the translated terms together. Any equivalence must be inferred from the similarity in position in the diagram or order within the clauses.

Strasse

Haus

Street

House

In addition, there are different methods of planar association. A plane might be a g element with text children, or it might be a text element with tspan children. The latter method complicates multiline phrases. If "Atlantic Ocean" needs to be broken into two lines, it is better if the lines share a unique parent so they hang together. A simple view is each phrase should exist in its own text element; if the phrase is broken over lines, then those lines are tspan elements within the text element. Otherwise, all the words are just shuffled together.

I would deprecate the planar method, but Graphics Lab editors seem to favor it.

  • :File:Epicenter Diagram.svg (switch-text-tspan)
  • :File:Galaxies-AGN-Inner-Structure.svg (switch-g-text-(tspan for multiline))
  • : This diagram gets even screwier because simple translations are called out in a full matrix
  • : Non-Unicode fonts are font-family="Helvetica" (but it is not a style!)
  • : Chinese fonts are font-family="Noto Sans CJK TC" (but it is not a style!)
  • : font-size=10 most of the time, but font-size=12 for title
  • : fill=white because on black background
  • : one line is split, so it uses tspan; otherwise tspan is not used.
  • : x,y are usually called out as 0 (because transform is there); tspan uses nonzero y
  • :: that means simple x,y cannot be used to identify translation groups; must invert the transform or use the transform!
  • : switch languages improperly ordered as zh, zh-CN, zh-TW; therefore only first zh controls; zh-Hans and zh-Hant would be better
  • :: apparently sequence is zh-Hans, zh-Hans, zh-Hant...
  • :: see also Chinese Wikipedia for discussion of zh-Hans, zh-Hant, zh-CN, zh-TW, zh-SG, zh-HK, zh-MO
  • :: see also meta:Automatic conversion between simplified and traditional Chinese
  • :File:Multilingual SVG example.svg (switch-text-tspan) (but only 1 item to translate)
  • : has screwy dy="-5" for first line.

Here's a switch file that has tspan elements to do multiline translations.

==Other switch problems==

If userLang=ec, we take the first. If userLang=ec-EL, we bypass the first.

Many SVG files have language order problems. (Is there a allowReorder section?) For example, this ordering is wrong because SVG 1.1 rules hide the following sr-EC and sr-EL langtags:

Актиноид

Актиноид

Aktinoid

A better order is

Актиноид

Aktinoid

The reorderings have slight problems because "sr-EC;q=1.0,sr-EL;q=0.8,sr;q=0.5" and "sr-EL;q=1.0,sr-EC;q=0.8,sr;q=0.5" will always choose the first option under SVG 1.1 rules.... Maybe the proper viewpoint is the undesired script must be set below the "sr" q value.

Reasonable sorting algorithm? Since systemLanguage can take many langtags, a reordering cannot solve the problem in general.

Here's a single-switch/multi-switch file that put Ukrainian translation after the default translation (uk translation now reordered). Fault line was incorrect (should be fault plane). Only a few terms to translate: epicenter, fault plane, hypocenter, and focus. Wiktionary gives good coverage for British epicenter, modest for focus, and poor for the rest. File has funky rotation using a transform matrix despite line drawn elsewhere.

A file with no default language:

  • :File:Psychrometer2.svg no default language!
  • : also horrible typesetting for non-switch formula {{math|1=ΔT = Ttr - Tf}} with colors

==Text on a path==

SVG renderers may not support all SVG features. For example, rsvg does not support textpath; consequently, many users take the text and convert it to curves.

Switch features (requiredFeatures attribute and hasFeature DOM)

  • http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/feature.html
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/feature#BasicText
  • : The browser supports the text element
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/feature#Text
  • :The browser supports the text, tspan, tref, textpath, altglyph, altglyphdef, altglyphitem and glyphref elements.

The feature#Text should signal that textpath is not available. rsvg does not claim feature#Text:

However, some browsers may claim the feature but not do all the alignments; that may be inappropriate.

  • Edge claims, does anchor but not baseline alignment
  • Firefox does not claim, does anchor but not baseline alignment
  • rsvg does not claim, does anchor but not baseline alignment
  • Chrome ...

Does rsvg have partial support?

  • https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=725558
  • which says claims that these features work:
  • : relative and fixed length startOffsets
  • : text alignment on paths
  • : tspan on text path
  • : stretching of glyphs

...

... text as curves ...

There's also the text baseline alignment mess to figure out. dy can be used, but there are also some CSS modifications that can be done. It may be that CSS baseline alignment works when baseline not available, but it seems misused.

  • vertical-align (applies to element):
  • : top
  • : bottom
  • : text-top
  • : text-bottom
  • : baseline
  • : middle
  • : sub
  • : super
  • Trial linesuperline.

There's also SVG 1.2 textArea with its feature:

  • http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/feature/1.2/#Text

==SVG Optimizer==

SVG Optimizer additions?

==SVG direct (HTML 5)==

Mediawiki blocks some elements....

Trying direct SVG inclusion (blocked):

Using tag {{#tag:b|magick worter}}...

{{#tag:svg|{{#tag:rect||x=0|y=0|width=320|height=160}}|xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"|width="320"|height="160"}}

Try object:

data="https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1d/First_Ionization_Energy.svg"

type="image/svg+xml" >

Trying bdi: bdi and bdo. These elements work.

=Translation sources=

==User translation==

User could supply translations as in the current SVG Translate tool.

We don't get a lot of languages at once. Want the image to explode. User draws and SVG diagram and labels it. Diagram then becomes available with translations in many languages.

==Google Translate==

Good coverage.

Get a lot of languages, but theres a problem with getting the wrong sense of a word.

I don't know how to qualify the field to Google Translate, and the translations are probably better for long sentences rather than isolated words.

Just make it easy to correct the translations.

==Wikidata==

Conventional approach is a database of translations.

This could have field and tracked corrections. Require some subject indicator or word sense.

There's a difficult issue here. Image must be accurately labeled, but then the labels may be too fine (no translations) or too broad (word confusion still exists).

The field could be gleaned from some categories for the image.

That brings up a separate issue. Is the Gibraltar map present many times in a category? Better to have one image and select the right language depending on the user's preference.

Articles have interlanguage links, and they can be used to extract translations.

===Wikidata access===

  • WP:Wikidata#Inserting Wikidata values into Wikipedia articles
  • :Category:Wikidata templates
  • {{tl|wikidata}} exotic
  • {{tl|wikidata list}} takes SPARQL...; do not use in mainspace
  • {{tl|Q}}: {{Q|42}}, {{Q|Q42}}, {{Q|P2260}}
  • {{tl|Label}}: {{Label|Q42}}, {{Label|P527}}
  • {{tl|wikidata entity}}: {{wikidata entity|Q42}}, {{wikidata entity|P2260}}
  • {{tl|wikidata entity link}}: {{wikidata entity link|Q42}}, {{wikidata entity link|P2260}}
  • {{tl|wikidata property link}}: {{wikidata property link|2260}}, {{wikidata property link|P2260}}
  • {{tl|wikidata}}
  • {{Q|Q230733}} {{Q|P39}}
  • :: strange: {{Q|Q99}} has a property {{Q|P6}} to get the governor ({{wikidata|property|edit|linked|Q99|P6}}),
  • :: but its senators must be found indirectly with a query.
  • : properties: {{wikidata|properties|Q230733|P39}}
  • : properties (current): {{wikidata|properties|current|Q230733|P39}}
  • : properties (qualifier {{Q|P768}}): {{wikidata|properties|qualifier|Q230733|P39|P768}}
  • : properties (qualifier {{Q|P580}} {{Q|P582}}): {{wikidata|properties|qualifier|qualifier|Q230733|P39|P580|P582}}
  • : properties (qualifier {{Q|P1365}}): {{wikidata|properties|qualifier|Q230733|P39|P1365}}
  • : properties (qualifier {{Q|P1545}}): {{wikidata|properties|qualifier|Q230733|P39|P1545}}
  • {{Q|Q560}} {{Q|P2067}}
  • : properties: {{wikidata|properties|Q560|P2067}}
  • : properties (raw): {{wikidata|properties|raw|Q560|P2067}}
  • {{wikidata|title|Q776}}

The image :File:BirdBeaksA.svg has some interesting issues. It is not about the actual birds but rather their beaks.

The Commons page also has interesting links.

  • Take {{Q|Q852751}}.
  • : The species is {{Q|P225}}: {{wikidata|properties|current|Q852751|P225}}
  • : What are other ways to do select German name? {{Q|Q852751|lang=de}} (not working)
  • : Aliases: {{wikidata|aliases|Q852751}}
  • : There are aliases, but there is also {{Q|P1843}}: {{wikidata|properties|current|Q852751|P1843}}
  • : Languages
  • :: Multilanguage: {{wikidata|properties|multilanguage|Q852751|P1843}}
  • :: How does one select the German common name?
  • ::: {{wikidata|properties|Q852751|P1843|language|Q188}} ("language" qualifier does not work?)
  • ::: {{wikidata|properties|qualifier|qualifiers|Q852751|P1843|language}} (list qualifiers fails)
  • : Link to commons category with {{Q|P373}}: Commons:Category:{{wikidata

===Wikidata map issues===

Maps often represent a point in time.

So Q item current versus another time.

Chennai: {{Q|Q1352}}, Madras in aliases: {{wikidata|aliases|Q1352}}, {{Q|P1448}} : {{wikidata|property|Q1352|P1448}}

Burma, Myanmar {{Q|Q836}}, aliases: {{wikidata|aliases|Q836}}, {{Q|P1448}}: {{wikidata|property|Q836|P1448}}

St Petersberg, Petrograd, Leningrad. {{Q|P17}} changes a lot.

===Wikidata orbits===

Planet Nine search has many orbital maps in PNG. It's easy to draw an ellipse in SVG, but the coordinates need to be mapped.

The Geo mapping probably does not cover that issue well. Project into the ecliptic.

Wikidata should provide the orbital elements, but that has not made it to Wikidata yet.

See {{Q|Q22231120}}, which has no orbital elements.

Compare to (496315) 2013 GP136 which has the elements.

Wikidata could be a star catalog.

Cygnus (constellation).

===Wikidata API===

If I know the Q number for a list (eq {{Q|42}}), then (format= json, jsonfm, xml, xmlfm)

  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=sitelinks&ids=Q42 (Douglas Adams)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=sitelinks&ids=Q99 (California)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=sitelinks&ids=Q206012 (Chebyshev)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=sitelinks&ids=Q7903 (Casablanca)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=sitelinks&ids=Q175233 (cathode)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=sitelinks&ids=Q106032 (epicenter)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=labels&ids=Q19675&languages=es (name of Louvre in Spanish)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=labels&ids=Q19675 (name of Louvre)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=labels&ids=Q175233 (name of cathode; compare site links)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=labels&ids=Q106032 (name of epicenter)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=labels|descriptions&ids=Q106032 (name/descr of epicenter)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=aliases&ids=Q106032 (aliases of epicenter)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&format=xml&props=aliases|labels&ids=Q106032 (labels and aliases of epicenter)

Look at some items.

  • atomic number {{Q|23809}}
  • radium {{Q|1128}}
  • iodine {{Q|1103}}
  • ::: https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetclaims&entity=Q1103
  • property P246 element symbol https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Property:P246
  • first ionization energy
  • ionization energy {{Q|483769}}
  • : property {{label|P2260}} P2260 {{wikidata entity link|P2260}} https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Property:P2260 (for checking values...)
  • ::: there's a lot going on. mandatory qualifier: series ordinal; units used for this property P2237
  • :: radium {{Q|1128}} ({{#property:element symbol|from=Q1128}}, {{#property:atomic number|from=Q1128}}) is {{#property:P2260|from=Q1128}} / {{#property:ionization energy|from=Q1128}} (not specified now)
  • ::: some magic is going (hidden schema)
  • ::: atomic number is not an integer but number±0
  • ::: ionization energy (instance of Wikidata property for physical quantities) is number±0 electronvolts
  • :::: pickup of ordinal index (qualifier; string)
  • :::: pickup of number
  • :::: pickup of tolerance (which is screwy for atomic number)
  • :::: pickup of units: {{#property:P2237|from=P2260}} (property of property) P558 unit symbol {{#property:P558|from=Q83327}} {{Q|83327}}
  • :: iodine {{Q|1103}} ({{#property:element symbol|from=Q1103}}, {{#property:atomic number|from=Q1103}}) ionization energy is {{#property:P2260|from=Q1103}}
  • ::: subclass of {{wikidata entity link|P279}}
  • :::: halogen {{Q|19605}}
  • :::: period 5 element {{Q|244982}}
  • :::: diatomic nonmetal {{Q|19753344}}
  • ::: instance of {{wikidata entity link|P31}}
  • :::: chemical element {{Q|11344}}
  • alkali metal {{Q|19557}} (notice group 1 issue....)
  • alkali earth metal {{Q|19563}} (notice group 2 issue....)
  • transition metal {{Q|19588}}
  • post-transition metal {{Q|19591}}
  • lanthanide {{Q|19569}}
  • actinide {{Q|19577}}
  • metalloid {{Q|19596}}
  • polyatomic nonmetal {{Q|19753345}} (notice plural!)
  • diatomic nonmetal {{Q|19753344}}
  • noble gas {{Q|19609}}
  • period {{Q|101843}}
  • periodic table {{Q|10693}}
  • electron affinity {{Q|271580}} also data page
  • :File:Electron affinity of the elements.svg (Switch translation)

Problems...

  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&sites=enwiki&titles=Actinide&languages=en&format=xml (need Actinide)
  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&sites=wikidatawiki&titles=actinide&languages=en&format=xml (nowhere)

This gives several Qs

  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbsearchentities&search=actinide&language=en&format=xml (try a search)

API definition

  • https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php

===Component===

An object may have a WD item but its components may not.

Consider an illustration of a MOSFET. It may have drain, gate, source, channel, substrate, insulator, depletion region.

See illustrations at

Another series (with damaged illustrations)

Wikidata hierarchy does not have components.

  • MOSFET {{Q|210793}}
  • subclass of MISFET {{Q|15990714}}
  • subclass of field-effect transistor {{Q|176097}}
  • subclass of transistor {{Q|5339}} (which will confuse with bipolar junction transistor)

Do have

  • Depletion region {{Q|288224}}

Consider Wictionary....

===SPARQL queries===

==== Early tests ====

Had trouble with earlier, but starting to get results:

  • select an item that has an element symbol ({{Q|P246}})
  • : {{SPARQL |query=

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?symLabel {

# [] means I do not care what the value is

# ?item p:P246 [] .

?item wdt:P246 ?sym .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .

}

}

}}

  • instances of chemical elements {{Q|Q11344}}
  • : {{SPARQL |query=
  1. instances of chemical elements

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?number {

# instance of a chemical element

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 .

# get the atomic number

?item wdt:P1086 ?number .

# do not include the really high numbers

filter (?number <= 118) .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .

}

} ORDER BY ?number

}}

  • Predecessor/Successor sometimes hang off of Instance of Chemical element and sometimes main item
  • :::: This problem has been fixed for most low elements but still exists in very high atomic numbers.
  • : P155 follows
  • : P156 followed by
  • works in low elements, but I think in wrong place for higher elements
  • : See {{Q|895}} which has follows/followed by hanging off instance of {{Q|11344}}
  • : See {{Q|1105}} last hanging off instance of
  • : See {{Q|1905}} which has separate follows/followed by properties
  • {{SPARQL |query=SELECT ?item WHERE {

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 .

filter not exists { ?item p:P155 [] }

}

}}

  • : also do with "... filter exists ..." to get complement
  • try syntaxhighlight
  • : {{SPARQL |query=

SELECT ?item WHERE {

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 .

filter not exists { ?item p:P155 [] }

}

}}

  • That leaves open a CSS stunt where contents builds an href.
  • but there is {{tl2|sister=d:|SPARQL}}:
  • : {{SPARQL|query=

SELECT ?item WHERE {

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 .

filter not exists { ?item p:P155 [] }

}

}}

  • Lots of elements (47 on 4 March 2017; 72 if drop the ?pred constraint) do not have mass information
  • : {{SPARQL |query=

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?mass ?atomnumber ?pred ?predLabel

{

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 ;

p:P31 ?stmt ;

wdt:P1086 ?atomnumber . # data type is a quantity

?stmt pq:P155 ?pred .

# not all elements have mass!

filter not exists { ?item wdt:P2067 ?mass . } .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .

}

} ORDER BY ?atomnumber

}}

  • filtered atomic number .le. 118 gives 35 elements with no mass entry
  • : {{SPARQL |query=
  1. comment

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?mass ?atomnumber

{

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 ;

wdt:P1086 ?atomnumber . # data type is a quantity

# not all elements have mass!

filter not exists { ?item wdt:P2067 ?mass . } .

filter (?atomnumber <= 118) .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .}

} ORDER BY ?atomnumber

}}

  • Look for elements that have an ionization energy. Desired units are eV, but sodium also has kcal/mol.
  • : {{SPARQL |query=
  1. comment

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?ie ?unitLabel ?ord ?atomnumber

{

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q11344 ;

wdt:P1086 ?atomnumber .

# not all elements have ionization energy

{ ?item p:P2260 ?stmt .

?stmt pq:P1545 ?ord .

?stmt psv:P2260/wikibase:quantityAmount ?ie .

?stmt psv:P2260/wikibase:quantityUnit ?unit .

} .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .}

} ORDER BY ?atomnumber

}}

I added mass for hydrogen, lithium, and nitrogen.

Push endpoint:

  • https://query.wikidata.org/bigdata/namespace/wdq/sparql?query={SPARQL}
  • [https://query.wikidata.org/bigdata/namespace/wdq/sparql?query=SELECT%20%3Fitem%20%7B%20%3Fitem%20wdt%3AP31%20wd%3AQ11344%20.%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20filter%20not%20exists%20%7B%20%3Fitem%20p%3AP155%20%5B%5D%20%7D%20%7D trial query]
  • returns XML
  • [https://query.wikidata.org/bigdata/namespace/wdq/sparql?query=SELECT%20%3Fitem%20%7B%20%3Fitem%20wdt%3AP31%20wd%3AQ11344%20.%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20filter%20not%20exists%20%7B%20%3Fitem%20p%3AP155%20%5B%5D%20%7D%20%7D&format=json trial query]
  • returns json
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikidata_query_service/User_Manual#Supported_formats

The wikidata entry for oxygen {{Q|629}} gave O2 as an alias; I removed it because the article is about the element.

There is a {{Q|5203615}} which is a simple substance but is not an instance of a gas.

{{Q|650}} is an instance of a gas.

{{Q|627}} is not an instance of a gas.

{{Q|623}} is not an instance of a solid.

There's a logical problem here. An element is an element; it does not have to be in any phase.

I need to distinguish {{Q|11430}} and {{Q|104837}}, an aspect of state.

Some elements form diatomic molecules, and those molecules can be solid, liquid, gas, plasma under certain conditions.

Oxygen can be, for example, a liquid.

Any statement about state/phase should contain conditions.

But can just an element be something if it will form molecules?

Copper {{Q|753}}???

====Political====

On 21 August 2017, Wikidata sez there are 1,508 United States Senators who are still in office (only 1,504 if we insist the Senators be human; Wikidata knows 1,319 are dead):

:{{SPARQL |query=

  1. find US senators

SELECT ?person ?personLabel ?stateLabel ?bdate ?ddate ?endtime

{

# BIND (wd:Q121337973 AS ?person) .

# want a human

?person wdt:P31 wd:Q5 .

# person held a position

?person p:P39 ?stmt .

# that position is US senator

?stmt ps:P39 wd:Q4416090 .

# position has not ended

filter not exists { ?stmt pq:P582 ?endtime } .

# grab the electoral district if it exists

optional { ?stmt pq:P768 ?state . }

# grab a birth date if it exists

optional { ?person wdt:P569 ?bdate . }

# grab death date if it exists

optional { ?person wdt:P570 ?ddate . }

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .

}

} ORDER BY ?stateLabel

}}

I did this query and spent a day pushing down to 100 entries:

:{{SPARQL |query=

  1. work...

SELECT ?person ?personLabel ?stateLabel ?bdate ?sdate ?ddate

{

?person p:P39 ?stmt .

?person wdt:P569 ?bdate .

?person wdt:P31 wd:Q5 .

?stmt ps:P39 wd:Q4416090 .

optional { ?stmt pq:P768 ?state . } .

optional { ?stmt pq:P580 ?sdate . } .

filter not exists { ?person wdt:P570 ?ddate . } .

filter not exists { ?stmt pq:P582 ?endtime . } .

filter not exists { ?stmt pq:P1366 ?succby . } .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .} .

} ORDER BY ?stateLabel

}}

====Political 2====

I ran this query with several governor-of-state. VP Pence was still listed as governor of Indiana.

{{SPARQL |query=

  1. comment

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?ord ?startdate ?enddate ?successorLabel WHERE {

?item p:P39 ?stmt.

?stmt ps:P39 wd:Q16147601.

OPTIONAL { ?stmt pq:P580 ?startdate. }

OPTIONAL { ?stmt pq:P582 ?enddate. }

OPTIONAL { ?stmt pq:P1366 ?successor. }

OPTIONAL { ?stmt pq:P1545 ?ord. }

SERVICE wikibase:label { bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en". }

}

ORDER BY ?startdate

}}

{{SPARQL |query=

  1. comment

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?headLabel ?govLabel WHERE {

?item wdt:P31 wd:Q35657.

optional { ?item wdt:P1313 ?head } .

optional { ?item wdt:P6 ?gov } .

SERVICE wikibase:label { bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en". }

}

ORDER BY ?itemLabel

}}

====Political 3====

Fixed list of California Senators.

{{SPARQL |query=

  1. comment

SELECT ?person ?personLabel ?stateLabel ?bdate ?sdate ?endtime ?ddate

{

?person p:P39 ?stmt .

?person wdt:P569 ?bdate .

?person wdt:P31 wd:Q5 .

?stmt ps:P39 wd:Q13217683 .

{ ?stmt pq:P768 wd:Q99 . } . # ?state . } .

{ ?stmt pq:P580 ?sdate . } .

OPTIONAL { ?person wdt:P570 ?ddate . } .

OPTIONAL { ?stmt pq:P582 ?endtime . } .

# filter not exists { ?stmt pq:P1366 ?succby . } .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .} .

} ORDER BY ?sdate

}}

====Units====

Different languages use different scripts, so the symbols used for those units may vary.

{{SPARQL |query=

  1. comment

SELECT ?item ?itemLabel ?unitLabel ?unitLang ?scriptLabel ?langLabel

{

# coulomb eV second

VALUES ?item {wd:Q25406 wd:Q83327 wd:Q11574}

# find an item with a unit symbol

# ?item p:P558 ?stmt .

# unit symbol is now 5061

?item p:P5061 ?stmt .

# get the unit symbole for each language

# P5061 has type of monolingual text.

# monolingal text has a mandatory language

?stmt ps:P5061 ?unit.

# bind so we can report it in results

BIND (lang(?unit) AS ?unitLang) .

# filter (lang(?unit) = "zh-hant") .

# filter (langMatches(lang(?unit), "zh")) .

# this no longer works

# get the script qualifier for the statement

optional { ?stmt pq:P282 ?script . } .

# this no longer works

# get the language qualifier for the statement

optional { ?stmt pq:P407 ?lang . } .

SERVICE wikibase:label {

bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "en" .}

} ORDER BY ?itemLabel

}}

====Songs====

Songs should have a composer and a lyricist. (Compare instrumental {{Q|Q489275}}.)

{{Q|Q1203}} and {{Q|Q2599}} had a contract to be joint.

Look at all songs {{Q|P175}} {{Q|Q1299}}.

That should give an interesting result with respect to RDF bag or individual {{Q|P86}} and {{Q|P676}}.

Some songs get hits for {{Q|Q239177}}.

{{SPARQL |query=

  1. comment

SELECT ?song ?songLabel ?composer ?composerLabel ?lyricist ?lyricistLabel WHERE

{

# find an instance of a song

# ?song wdt:P31/wdt:P279* wd:Q7366 .

# instance of a musical composition

?song wdt:P31 wd:Q105543609 .

# form of creative work is a song

?song wdt:P7937/wdt:P279* wd:Q7366 .

# the performer is The Beatles

?song wdt:P175 wd:Q1299 .

# get the composer

OPTIONAL { ?song wdt:P86 ?composer . }

# get the lyricist

OPTIONAL { ?song wdt:P676 ?lyricist . }

SERVICE wikibase:label { bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "[AUTO_LANGUAGE],en". }

} ORDER BY ?songLabel

}}

====Typeface====

{{SPARQL |query=

  1. comment

SELECT ?typeface ?typefaceLabel

WHERE

{

?typeface wdt:P31/wdt:P279* wd:Q17451 .

SERVICE wikibase:label { bd:serviceParam wikibase:language "[AUTO_LANGUAGE],en". }

}

ORDER BY ?typefaceLabel

}}

==Wiktionary==

:: .see d:Wikidata:Wiktionary

Diagrams are often associated with particular fields of study such as chemistry, physics, or mechanical engineering.

The Wiktionary translations are spotty (especially with technical terms). Gloss/distinctions are troublesome or even missing; compare wikt:stripper. Some common terms have good coverage. See, for example, wikt:radon, but notice Uzbek Latin and Cyrillic entries. Each entry is a span with class attribute of "Latn" or "Cyrl" and lang attribute of "uz".

In 2019 Wishlist Survey, there's a proposal to link Wikidata items to Wiktionary defs

In 2019 Wishlist Survey, there's a proposal to rationalize Wiktionary translations.

For reference:

Mechanical engineering

Diagram (which has been removed from Commons) has only one broken word....

class="wikitable"
EnglishGerman
deep drawingTiefziehen (deep pull)
workpieceWerkstück
blankRonde
(not a place on a form)
blank holderNiederhalter (hold down)
die (piercing, blanking, drawing)Ziehmatrize (pull die)
drawing dieZiehmatrize
punchZiehstempel (pull stamp)
(not what a boxer does)
stop
automatic stop
clearance(not the sale)
distance between two moving objects [sic]
die holder
stripperAbstreifer (=wiper/scraper)
(not the entertainer)
one who removes their clothes in a sexually provocative manner
chemical or tool to remove paint, sheathing
tool used to strip tubing
guide pins(plural!)

Physics

file:Electric glow discharge schematic.png

file:Electric glow discharge schematic-fr.png

file:Glow-discharge-schematic-de.png

File:Świetlówka.svg

Diagram has lots of multiline statements. A better layout would use single-line labels, but it would look different.

There is a mostly single-line version.

File:Glow discharge structure - English.svg

class="wikitable"
EnglishGerman
atomic numberOrdnungszahl
Kernladungszahl
Atomnummer
glow dischargeGlimmentladung
cathode fall(missing)
CathodeKathode
https://de.wiktionary.org/wiki/Kathode
Aston dark spaceastonscher Dunkelraum (m)
cathode glowKathodenglimmhaut
cathode dark space
Crookes dark space
Hittorf dark space (sp?)
hittorfscher Dunkelraum (m)
Crookes
Cathode
negative glownegatives Glimmlicht (n)
Faraday dark spacefaradayscher Dunkelraum (m)
positive columnpositive Säule (f)
anode glowAnoden-Glimmlicht
anodisches Glimmlicht (n)
anode dark spaceanoden-Dunkelraum
anodischer Dunkelraum (m)
anodeAnode

Unfortunately, Wiktionary does not have good coverage of the terms. I had put many of the physics terms in some time ago.

Would want a program that updates a diagram. If new translations are added, then they should be incorporated.

==Pottery==

==DOM processing==

For UI, what hacks can I do with DOM?

  • http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG2/coords.html#BoundingBoxes
  • http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/types.html#__svg__SVGLocatable__getBBox

==SVG authoring==

  • {{cite web |last=Watt |first=Jonathan |title=SVG Authoring Guidelines |date=2007 |url=https://jwatt.org/svg/authoring/ }}

Watt makes many points.

  • Don't include a DOCTYPE declaration in the SVG. A DTD was not written for SVG 1.2.
  • Avoid using style= because that confuses content and presentation:
  • :: Usually this is simply gratuitous use of the style attribute, and something that should be avoided. Contrary to popular belief the style attribute (note, that's attribute, not element) doesn't separate content from presentation, and unless you need to override properties set by a CSS selector, it is best to use the SVG formatting attributes instead.
  • : Inkscape uses style all over the place.
  • : I would use style for capitalization hacks in maps: let the content be "Oregon" but the presentation be "OREGON".

== Wiki's translation memory ==

  • https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Translation
  • https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Machine_translation
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation_memories
  • https://blog.wikimedia.org/2012/09/06/language-teams-plan-translation-memory-uls/
  • https://translatewiki.net/wiki/FAQ
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=January&format=jsonfm
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=argon&format=jsonfm
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=electric%20light&format=jsonfm
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=United%20States&format=jsonfm
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=flag%20of%20the%20United%20States&format=jsonfm
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=cathode%20darkspace&format=jsonfm
  • https://translatewiki.net/w/api.php?action=ttmserver&sourcelanguage=en&targetlanguage=de&text=positive%20column&format=jsonfm

Hey, there is a translation in the file namespace:

Which should relate to

Where srt is SubRip format. HTML 5 track element wants WebVTT (vtt).

The translation might be faster to wait for .srt to change and then convert it to .vtt.

:: Look at how Commons serves the track information:

::

:: The game is involved. Get the raw text but make sure it is served as text/x-srt. Somewhere there was a note that track required Content-Type.

How are these set up?

Issues...

Figure out MyLanguage hack. Is resolved during translation?

=SVG Translate tool=

There is an existing tool to aid SVG translations. See

  • [http://tools.wmflabs.org/svgtranslate/ translation tool]

The pages states, "This tool has been used to translate approximately 865 files since March 2011."

Just realized a confusing issue with this tool. X creates the original en version of an image. Y translates the image into fr; the Commons page suggests translating the file. Z comes along and translates fr version into de. We've translated a copy. Want that functionality (some translators won't know en), but the non-translated source should come from the original rather than the copy.

Apparently some of the translated files have been translated by pulling them into Inkscape and just editing the labels.

===Architecture===

SVG Translate is a PHP server-side tool.

It offers no translation help.

It throws up the text/tspan contents and asks the user to translate them.

Instead of using DOM processing, it uses pattern matching. The algorithm acknowledges that there will be problems for unusual element names. Stuffing a switch-translated SVG should have interesting results.

There is no attention to its: rules and attributes.

It copies the file and edits it. Consequently, there are now multiple copies (one per language) to maintain of the essentially the same information.

The industry route would be to have a skeleton file with XLIFF files to fill in the translations. Wiki are not set up to do that. There is an i18n file hierarchy for templates.

  • file
  • file/i18n/de
  • file/i18n/en
  • file/i18n/it

=== Throws an exception ===

When I tried to use it, it threw an exception.

  • [http://toolserver.org/~jarry/svgtranslate/index.php jarry subdir version not found]

Sometime later (ca. September 2016) it would throw an exception about Intuition::getLangNames()

  • see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T138780
  • :: testing File:Planetary transit.svg on https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/api.php Fatal error: Call to protected method Intuition::getLangNames() from context 'SVGtranslate' in /data/project/svgtranslate/public_html/svgtranslate.php on line 395 Call Stack: 0.0039 675248 1. {main}() /data/project/svgtranslate/public_html/index.php:0 0.1270 3318376 2. SVGtranslate->do_step() /data/project/svgtranslate/public_html/index.php:57 0.1270 3318512 3. SVGtranslate->generate_second_form() /data/project/svgtranslate/public_html/svgtranslate.php:781
  • see https://github.com/Krinkle/intuition/wiki/Documentation ... getLangNames()

OK, assuming svgtranslate from

  • https://github.com/Jarry1250/labs-svgtranslate/blob/master/svgtranslate.php

is the beast, then

$html .= '' . _html( 'th-language' ) . _g( 'colon-separator' ) . '';

$html .= "

.

So clicking the submit button leads to

  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?lang=zh-Hans&title={{urlencode:File:First_Ionization_Energy.svg}} (capitalized - fails)
  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?lang=zh-hans&title=File%3AFirst_Ionization_Energy.svg (lower case - what it should be)

Apparently the problem is the option value="zh-Hans" should be lowercased when page is generated, or index.php should lowercase the lang parameter.

The problem is more widespread because mixed-case languages are not properly handled:

File:First Ionization Energy.svg

File:First Ionization Energy.svg

{{clear}}

==TranslateSVG extension==

  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:TranslateSvg
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:TranslateSvg/2.0

Different from SVGTranslate. Wants to use switch:

  • https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ETRS/browse/master/SVGFile.php

There's a comment about standard form.

Could not find it, but there is IsTranslationReady() (switch installed).

Recent translation pushes, but not much in development.

Find documentation.

Does translation control get in the way?

Burt; Jarry1250.

Other players. Rilke. Perhelion. Nikerabbit. Sameboat.

== Multimedia ==

Wishlist... link to other parts

  • https://usability.wikimedia.org/wiki/Multimedia:Requirements/all#Metadata_extraction
  • SVG-edit
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:SVGEdit

==MediaWiki.org==

The apparent goal is this approach is to mark sections of wikitext as translatable while shielding other markup (such as tables and expressions). A <translate> element is wrapped around material that should be translated. In ITS terminology, that element is a span with attribute its:translate="yes". It also has a goal of breaking text to translate into smaller chuncks.

I don't see any notion of category or hint, but it may be there.

I do not see any notion of its:term, but it may be there. I still am not certain whether the publication "/tech/news" should be treated as a name (and not translated) or an idea that should be.

The activity seems to be conservative: a translation and a review. Apparently nothing is changed until the translation is made.

  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Extension:Translate/Page_translation_administration
  • Commons:Template:Translate localized as Commons:Template:Translate/i18n in en
  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Translations:Template:Translate/i18n/1/de
  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Template%3ATranslate%2Fi18n&language=de&filter=%21translated&action=translate
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation_example
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Extension:Translate/Page_translation_example
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Localisation#Overview_of_the_localisation_system
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Localisation_file_format
  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Autotranslate
  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Preparing_a_page_for_translation

More

  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Language_engineering?rdfrom=%2F%2Fwikimediafoundation.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DLanguage_Engineering_team%26redirect%3Dno#Team
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:ContentTranslation
  • https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Content_translation

JQuery.i18n

  • https://github.com/wikimedia/jquery.i18n

Language attribute

  • http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/dom.html#the-lang-and-xml:lang-attributes

== Mas ==

==BIDI==

  • http://www.w3.org/International/articles/inline-bidi-markup/
  • http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-bidi-css-markup
  • http://www.w3.org/International/tests/repo/results/the-dir-attribute-auto (sigh....)
  • Edge does not support <bdi>: https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-edge/platform/issues/10954071/
  • : also interesting comment that any HTML dir= implies isolation.
  • When using <bdi>, dir defaults to auto
  • When using <bdo>, one must specify dir=lrt|rtl
  • HTML5 browser rating: https://html5test.com/
  • : Edge 14 on Windows 10 gets 460/555 (13 May 2017)
  • : Chrome 58 on Windows 10 gets 518/555 (13 May 2017)

There are some bidirectional text (BIDI) issues with Unicode that I need to sort out. Unicode has some default processing, and sometimes that default can cause confusion. There are some fences that can be constructed to avoid problems. I need to find examples that display the issues.

:unicode-bidi CSS

:HTML has dir=ltr,rtl,auto; elements: span, bdi (bidirectional isolation), bdo (bidirectional override)

:SVG has direction=ltr,rtl,inherit; elements: tspan,

  • ionization energy (eV)
  • ionization energy (eV)
  • ionization energy (eV)
  • طاقة التأين (eV) — wrong; (eV) should be to the left
  • طاقة التأين (eV) — works; outside span sets dir
  • طاقة التأين (eV) and more stuff — confused; outside span sets dir
  • طاقة التأين (eV) — wrong; (eV) should be to the left
  • طاقة التأين ‏(eV) — wrong; (eV) should be to the left; rlm moves the space left; trying to move span left.
  • طاقة التأين ‏(eV) — works; (eV) in span with dir="ltr"
  • طاقة التأين ‏(eV) — works; dropped rlm after (eV) span.
  • طاقة التأين (eV) — wrong; dropped rlm after space and after (eV) span.
  • طاقة التأين ‏(eV) more stuff — more text adds confusion; dropped rlm after (eV) span.
  • طاقة التأين (eV) more text — works; outer span is rtl; no marks.
  • طاقة التأين ‏(‎eV) — wrong; no dir= in span but use lrm.
  • طاقة التأين (eV) — works; outside span rtl; internal bdi element.
  • cannot see directional marks in pasted text
  • http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/
  • http://www.unicode.org/faq/bidi.html
  • http://stackoverflow.com/questions/5801820/how-to-solve-bidi-bracket-issues

==Avoid translation==

Consider an SVG diagram that wants to href="some wiki article". The problem is the URI wants to point to the article for the appropriate language: en:Radium or :ru:Радий. That can be done with switch statements that give the alternate spelling and the appropriate URI.

If just the chemical symbol is given (Ra), then there is no need to give the alternate spellings (to push the point).

Wiki-independent redirect: https://foo/mumble?wiki=en?article=Radium -> redirects to the AcceptLanguage version of en:Radium.

Radium is {{Q|1128}}.

  • Statement: {{#property:element symbol|from=Q1128}}
  • Identifier: {{#property:CAS Registry Number|from=Q1128}} (capital case!) {{#property:P231|from=Q1128}} (works)
  • Wikipedia: 133 entries; ???; see comments way above about sitelinks

Instead of AcceptLanguage, CSS could grab the lang variable.

How does Serbian work? Are there Latn and Cyrl versions?

== rsvg problems ==

Bad handling of IETF langtags.

  • https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons_talk:Translation_possible/Learn_more#Hyphenated_language_codes_not_working
  • https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T125710

== SVG animation ==

Translations would also be possible on SVG animations if WP served the SVG files. Animation GIFs have been translated:

Language processing

  • {{cite book |last1=Jurafsky |first1=Daniel |author1-link=Daniel Jurafsky |last2=Martin |first2=James H. |title=Speech and Language Processing |publisher=Prentice Hall |isbn=978-0131873216 |edition= |date=2009 |ref=none}}
  • {{cite book |last1=Jurafsky |first1=Daniel |author1-link=Daniel Jurafsky |last2=Martin |first2=James H. |title=Speech and Language Processing |chapter=Information Extraction |pages=739–778 |publisher=Prentice Hall |isbn=978-1-292-02543-8 |edition=2nd revised |date=2014 |ref=none}}
  • 3rd edition draft: https://web.stanford.edu/~jurafsky/slp3/
  • § Information Extraction https://web.stanford.edu/~jurafsky/slp3/21.pdf
  • : The chapter is about research; proposals should have plenty of detail about approach.

Signing

  • https://aslfont.github.io/Symbol-Font-For-ASL/ways-to-write.html

Phonemes

Commas and hyphens prevent Edge SSML from working:

  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː|,_|-|_|ˈ|v|j|uː}} fails
  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː|,_}} fails -- trailing option deleted
  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː}} succeeds -- ",_" was deleted
  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː|-|_|ˈ|v|j|uː}} fails -- just ",_" deleted from original
  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː|_|ˈ|v|j|uː}} succeeds -- ",_" and "-" deleted from original
  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː|,_|_|ˈ|v|j|uː}} fails -- just "-" deleted from original
  • {{IPAc-en|ˌ|d|eɪ|ʒ|ɑː|_|ˈ|v|uː|_|_|ˈ|v|j|uː}} fails -- just "," and "-" deleted

Bézier curve

  • {{IPA|fr|bezje|}} IPA-fr (no sound)
  • {{IPA|en|bezje|}} IPA-en (works)

{{reflist-talk}}